WO2013050424A1 - NOVEL CHIRAL N-ACYL-5,6,7,(8-SUBSTITUTED)-TETRAHYDRO-[1,2,4]TRIAZOLO[4,3-a]PYRAZINES AS SELECTIVE NK-3 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, METHODS FOR USE IN NK-3 RECEPTOR MEDIATED DISORDERS AND CHIRAL SYNTHESIS THEREOF - Google Patents

NOVEL CHIRAL N-ACYL-5,6,7,(8-SUBSTITUTED)-TETRAHYDRO-[1,2,4]TRIAZOLO[4,3-a]PYRAZINES AS SELECTIVE NK-3 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, METHODS FOR USE IN NK-3 RECEPTOR MEDIATED DISORDERS AND CHIRAL SYNTHESIS THEREOF Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013050424A1
WO2013050424A1 PCT/EP2012/069546 EP2012069546W WO2013050424A1 WO 2013050424 A1 WO2013050424 A1 WO 2013050424A1 EP 2012069546 W EP2012069546 W EP 2012069546W WO 2013050424 A1 WO2013050424 A1 WO 2013050424A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
methyl
formula
alkyl
triazolo
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2012/069546
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Hamid Hoveyda
Guillaume Dutheuil
Graeme Fraser
Marie-Odile Roy
Mohamed El Bousmaqui
Frédéric BATT
Original Assignee
Euroscreen S.A.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to AU2012320568A priority Critical patent/AU2012320568C1/en
Priority to KR1020197034283A priority patent/KR102217206B1/en
Application filed by Euroscreen S.A. filed Critical Euroscreen S.A.
Priority to ES12766991.9T priority patent/ES2572604T3/en
Priority to RS20160334A priority patent/RS54833B1/en
Priority to SI201230520A priority patent/SI2763992T1/en
Priority to EA201490579A priority patent/EA029340B1/en
Priority to JP2014533873A priority patent/JP6023814B2/en
Priority to BR112014007652-9A priority patent/BR112014007652B1/en
Priority to US14/349,595 priority patent/US9475814B2/en
Priority to EP12766991.9A priority patent/EP2763992B9/en
Priority to MX2014004057A priority patent/MX367774B/en
Priority to KR1020147012169A priority patent/KR102049534B1/en
Priority to PL12766991T priority patent/PL2763992T3/en
Priority to CA2849751A priority patent/CA2849751C/en
Priority to DK12766991.9T priority patent/DK2763992T3/en
Priority to CN201280048708.3A priority patent/CN103906750B9/en
Publication of WO2013050424A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013050424A1/en
Priority to HK14111354.1A priority patent/HK1197676A1/en
Priority to HRP20160396TT priority patent/HRP20160396T1/en
Priority to CY20161100426T priority patent/CY1117773T1/en
Priority to SM201600164T priority patent/SMT201600164B/en
Priority to US15/259,922 priority patent/US10065961B2/en
Priority to US16/047,740 priority patent/US10683295B2/en
Priority to US16/880,337 priority patent/US10941151B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/08Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for nausea, cinetosis or vertigo; Antiemetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/14Antitussive agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/08Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the prostate
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/08Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/16Masculine contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/18Feminine contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/14Drugs for dermatological disorders for baldness or alopecia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/06Antimigraine agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/22Anxiolytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24Antidepressants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/24Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the sex hormones
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/24Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the sex hormones
    • A61P5/26Androgens
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/24Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the sex hormones
    • A61P5/28Antiandrogens
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/24Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the sex hormones
    • A61P5/30Oestrogens
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D241/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings
    • C07D241/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D241/06Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having one or two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D241/08Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having one or two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with oxygen atoms directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02PCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P20/00Technologies relating to chemical industry
    • Y02P20/50Improvements relating to the production of bulk chemicals
    • Y02P20/55Design of synthesis routes, e.g. reducing the use of auxiliary or protecting groups

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to novel N-acyl-5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazinesincluding their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates that are selective antagonists to neurokinin-3 receptor (NK-3) and are useful as therapeutic compounds, particularly in the treatment and/or prevention of a broad array of CNS and peripheral diseases or disorders.
  • NK-3 neurokinin-3 receptor
  • the present invention also relates to a novel chiral synthesis of 5,6,7,(8-substituted)- tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine intermediates for use in the synthesis of pharmaceutical active ingredients, such as selective antagonists to the neurokinin 3 receptor (NK-3), especially the N-acyl-5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazinesof the invention.
  • NK-3 neurokinin 3 receptor
  • the invention also pertains to novel stereoisomerically pure 5,6,7, (8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine intermediates obtained by the chiral synthesis of the invention as well as to novel intermediates of this synthesis.
  • Tachykinin receptors are the targets of a family of structurally related peptides which include substance P (SP), neurokinin A (NKA) and neurokinin B (NKB), named collectively "tachykinins". Tachykinins are synthesized in the central nervous system (CNS) and peripheral tissues, where they exert a variety of biological activities. Three tachykinin receptors are known which are named neurokinin- 1 (NK-1), neurokinin-2 (NK-2) and neurokinin-3 (NK-3) receptors. Tachykinin receptors belong to the rhodopsin-like seven membrane G-protein coupled receptors.
  • NK-1 has the highest affinity and is believed to be the endogenous ligand of NK-1, NKA for NK-2 receptor and NKB for NK-3 receptor, although cross -reactivity amongst these ligands does exist.
  • the NK- 1, NK-2 and NK-3 receptors have been identified in different species.
  • NK-1 and NK-2 receptors are expressed in a wide variety of peripheral tissues and NK-1 receptors are also expressed in the CNS; whereas NK-3 receptors are primarily expressed in the CNS.
  • the neurokinin receptors mediate a variety of tachykinin- stimulated biological effects that include transmission of excitatory neuronal signals in the CNS and periphery (e.g. pain), modulation of smooth muscle contractile activity, modulation of immune and inflammatory responses, induction of hypotensive effects via dilatation of the peripheral vasculature and stimulation of endocrine and exocrine gland secretions.
  • the NK-3 receptor is expressed in regions including the medial prefrontal cortex, the hippocampus, the thalamus and the amygdala. Moreover, NK-3 receptors are expressed on dopaminergic neurons. Activation of NK-3 receptors has been shown to modulate dopamine, acetylcholine and serotonin release suggesting a therapeutic utility for NK-3 receptor modulators for the treatment of a variety of disorders including psychotic disorders, anxiety, depression, schizophrenia as well as obesity, pain or inflammation (Exp. Opinion Ther. Patents (2000), 10(6), 939-960; Current Opinion in Investigational Drugs, 2001, 2(7), 950-956 and Current Pharmaceutical Design, 2010, 16, 344-357).
  • Schizophrenia is classified into subgroups.
  • the paranoid type is characterized by delusions and hallucinations and absence of thought disorder, disorganized behavior, and affective flattening.
  • the disorganized type which is also named 'hebephrenic schizophrenia' in the International Classification of Diseases (ICD)
  • thought disorder and flat affect are present together.
  • the catatonic type prominent psychomotor disturbances are evident, and symptoms may include catatonic stupor and waxy flexibility.
  • the undifferentiated type psychotic symptoms are present but the criteria for paranoid, disorganized, or catatonic types have not been met.
  • the symptoms of schizophrenia normally manifest themselves in three broad categories, i.e. positive, negative and cognitive symptoms.
  • Positive symptoms are those, which represent an "excess" of normal experiences, such as hallucinations and delusions.
  • Negative symptoms are those where the patient suffers from a lack of normal experiences, such as anhedonia and lack of social interaction.
  • the cognitive symptoms relate to cognitive impairment in schizophrenics, such as a lack of sustained attention and deficits in decision making.
  • the current antipsychotic drugs (APDs) are fairly successful in treating the positive symptoms but fare less well for the negative and cognitive symptoms. Contrary to that, NK3 antagonists have been shown clinically to improve on both positive and negative symptoms in schizophrenics (Meltzer et al, Am. J.
  • Psychiatry 161, 975-984, 2004 and ameliorate cognitive behavior of schizophrenics (Curr. Opion. Invest. Drug, 6, 717-721, 2005).
  • morphological studies provide evidence for putative interactions between NKB neurons and the hypothalamic reproductive axis (Krajewski et al, J. Comp. Neurol., 489(3), 372-386, 2005).
  • NKB expression co-localizes with estrogen receptor a and dynorphin, implicated in progesterone feedback to Gonadotropin Releasing Hormone (GnRH) secretion (Burke et al., J. Comp.
  • GnRH Gonadotropin Releasing Hormone
  • NK-3 receptor is highly expressed in the hypothalamic arcuate nucleus in neurons which are involved in the regulation of GnRH release.
  • WO 00/43008 discloses a method of suppressing gonadotropin and/or androgen production with specific NK-3 receptor antagonists. More particularly, the WO 00/43008 application relates to lowering luteinizing hormone (LH) blood level by administering an NK-3 receptor antagonist. Concurrently or alternatively with gonadotropin suppression, WO 00/43008 also relates to suppression of androgen production with NK-3 receptor antagonists. Recently it has been postulated that NKB acts autosynaptically on kisspeptin neurons in the arcuate nucleus to synchronize and shape the pulsatile secretion of kisspeptin and drive the release of GnRH from fibers in the median eminence (Navarro et al., J.
  • NK-3 receptor modulators for sex hormone-dependent diseases.
  • Non-peptide ligands have been developed for each of the tachykinin receptors. Some of them have been described as dual modulators able to modulate both NK-2 and NK-3 receptors (WO 06/120478).
  • known non-peptide NK-3 receptor antagonists suffer from a number of drawbacks, notably poor safety profile and limited CNS penetrability that may limit the success of these compounds in clinical development.
  • new potent and selective antagonists of NK-3 receptor may be of therapeutic value for the preparation of drugs useful in the treatment and/or prevention of CNS and peripheral diseases or disorders in which NKB and the NK-3 receptors are involved.
  • the invention thus encompasses compounds of general Formula I, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates as well as methods of use of such compounds or compositions comprising such compounds as antagonists to the NK-3 receptor.
  • Compounds of Formula I are/V-acyl-5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines.
  • the compounds of the invention are generally disclosed in international patent application PCT/EP2011/055218 but none is specifically exemplified therein.
  • the invention provides compounds of general Formula I: and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein
  • Ar 1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl, unsubstituted phenyl, or 4-fluorophi
  • R 1 is H or methyl
  • Ar is of general Formula (i), (ii) or (iii):
  • R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl or di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino;
  • X 1 is N or C-R 6 wherein R 6 is H, fluoro or C1-C2 alkyl;
  • X 2 is O or S
  • X 3 is N, or X 3 is CH under the condition that X 1 is N and X 2 is N-R 7 wherein R 7 is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl or cyclopropyl;
  • R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl or C3-C4 cycloalkyl
  • X 4 is N or C-R 8 wherein R 8 is H or C1-C2 alkyl
  • X 5 is O or S; X 6 is N, or X 6 is CH under the condition that X 4 is N and X 5 is N-R 9 wherein R 9 is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl or cyclopropyl;
  • R 4 is halo, cyano, methyl, or hydroxyl
  • R 5 is H or halo; with the condition that when Ar is of Formula (iii), then R is methyl; and the compound of Formula I is not
  • the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound according to the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof.
  • the invention also relates to the use of the above compounds or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates as modulators of NK-3 receptors, preferably as antagonists of NK-3 receptors.
  • the invention further provides methods of treatment and/or prevention of depression, anxiety, pyschosis, schizophrenia, psychotic disorders, bipolar disorders, cognitive disorders, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), pain, convulsion, obesity, inflammatory diseases including irritable bowel syndrome and inflammatory bowel disorders, emesis, pre-eclampsia, airway related diseases including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, airway hyperresponsiveness, bronchoconstriction and cough, reproduction disorders, contraception and sex hormone-dependent diseases including but not limited to benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), prostatic hyperplasia, metastatic prostatic carninoma, testicular cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, androgen dependent acne, male pattern baldness, endometriosis, abnormal puberty, uterine fibrosis, uterine fibroid tumor, hormone-dependent cancers, hyperandrogenism, hirsutism, virilization, polyc
  • follicular maturation arrest atresia, anovulation, dysmenorrhea, dysfunctional uterine bleeding, infertility), androgen-producing tumor (virilizing ovarian or adrenal tumor), menorrhagia and adenomyosis comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate of Formula I, to a patient in need thereof.
  • the patient is a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a human.
  • the invention further provides methods of treatment for gynecological disorders and infertility.
  • the invention provides methods to suppress the LH-surge in assisted conception comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate of Formula I, to a patient in need thereof.
  • the patient is a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a woman.
  • the invention further provides methods to affect androgen production to cause male castration and to inhibit the sex drive in male sexual offenders comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate of Formula I, to a patient in need thereof.
  • the patient is a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a man.
  • the invention also provides the use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof as a medicament.
  • the medicament is used for the treatment and/or prevention of depression, anxiety, pyschosis, schizophrenia, psychotic disorders, bipolar disorders, cognitive disorders, Parkinson' s disease, Alzheimer' s disease, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), pain, convulsion, obesity, inflammatory diseases including irritable bowel syndrome and inflammatory bowel disorders, emesis, pre-eclampsia, airway related diseases including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, airway hyperresponsiveness, bronchoconstriction and cough, reproduction disorders, contraception and sex hormone- dependent diseases including but not limited to benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), prostatic hyperplasia, metastatic prostatic carninoma, testicular cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, androgen dependent acne, male pattern baldness, endometriosis, abnormal puberty, uterine fibrosis,
  • the medicament may also be used for the treatment of gynecologic disorders, infertility and to affect androgen production to cause male castration.
  • N-acyl-5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazineof general Formula I of the invention can be prepared by different ways with reactions known to a person skilled in the art.
  • the Applicant further proposes therein a new chiral synthesis for the compounds of the invention and especially for (R)-8-substituted-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazineintermediates that may be converted into compounds of Formula I by N- acvlation.
  • the [l,2,4]triazolopyrazine core IIIa(i) is formed by acetylation of 2-hydrazidopyrazine (step 1) followed by a cyclodehydration reaction (step 2), using procedures familiar to those skilled in the art.
  • This methodology was initially developed by Nelson and Potts (J. Org. Chem. 1962, 27, 3243-3248). Subsequent reduction of the pyrazine ring with H 2 /Pd affords the [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]piperazine (step 3).
  • This method is well described in the literature and has been used, for example, in the Merck synthesis of Sitagliptin (Hansen, K. B.
  • Method A(ii) (cf. Scheme B) is a variation on Method A(i) whereby the reduction of R 1 ⁇ H substituted [l,2,4]triazolopyrazine substrates is circumvented.
  • This method has been reported by the Merck group in their studies related to Sitagliptin (see, for example, Kowalchick, J. E. et al.Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett.
  • the symbol * denotes a well-defined configuration at the carbon center next to which the said symbol is placed, i.e. the carbon atom to which the R 1 group is attached in the this Scheme.
  • Boc-protected ketopiperazine He was prepared and then converted to iminoether Hie by using the Meerwein reagent (e.g. Et 3 OBF 4 ).
  • Cyclodehydration reaction between the acyl hydrazide IVe and the iminoether aforementioned was conducted either under forcing thermal reflux conditions, or by applying excessive microwave irradiation in a sealed tube typically for rather protracted reaction times (often days).
  • microwave irradiation N-Boc deprotection occurred during the said cyclodehydration step; thus, a deprotection step was typically not necessary to conduct (i.e., Hie +IVe ⁇ VIein Scheme E).
  • Boc- deprotection step was required (i.e., Hie +IVe ⁇ Ve ⁇ Vie).
  • steps 2 and 3 have shortcomings that significantly limit the application of the said procedure for uses wherein generation of chiral intermediates or products are required in a reproducible fashion, as with the preparation of pharmaceutically active ingredient, for instance.
  • Step 1 is the piperazinoimidate formation (i.e., He ⁇ Hie) and step 2 is the cyclodehydration step between the said imidate and acetylhydrazide(i.e., Hie + IVe ⁇ Ve).
  • the invention thus also relates to a process of preparing 5,6,7,(8-substituted)- tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine intermediates compounds of Formula II
  • R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl or C3-C4 cycloalkyl, each of said alkyl or cycloalkyl groups, groups being optionally substituted by one or more group(s) selected from halo or esters;
  • Ar is a 5- to 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl group, each of the aryl, or heteroaryl groups being optionally substituted by one or more group(s) selected from halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, carbamoyl, alkylcarbamoyl, carbamoylalkyl, carbamoylamino, alkylcarbamoylamino, alkylsulfonyl, haloalkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, sulfamoyl, alkylsulfamoyl, alkylsulfonylamino, haloalkylsulfonylamino, fused to the aryl or heteroaryl group may be one or more cycloalkyl, ary
  • R , PG, and Ar are as defined above; and d) deprotecting the compound of Formula F with a suitable deprotection reagent to afford a compound of Formula II or a salt or solvate thereof.
  • the process of the invention provides compounds of Formula II or a salt or solvate thereof having good enantiomeric excess of up to 98% and possibly more in a reproducible fashion.
  • the process of the invention proceeds with the retention of stereochemistry with respect to the chiral (3-substituted)-piperazin-2-one starting material except to the extent that racemization occurs as a minor side-reaction; thus the configuration at position 8 of the ring is defined by the configuration of the aforesaid chiral starting material.
  • the process of the invention provides access to 5,6,7,((R)-8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine compounds by minimizing any intervening racemization during the process.
  • the invention provides compounds of Formula D
  • PG is a protective group wherein the amine nitrogen remains as tertiary amine (i.e. sp 3 hybridized nitrogen), hereafter referred to as N-sp protective group; and
  • R 10 is C1-C2 alkyl, preferably ethyl.
  • the invention provides compounds of Formula III
  • R and Ar are as defined above with respect to Formula II;
  • R is H or a N-sp protective group, with the proviso that the compound of Formula III is not
  • the invention relates to compounds of Formula I, as well as their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates.
  • the invention provides compounds of general Formula
  • Ar 1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl, unsubstituted phenyl, or 4-fluorophenyl;
  • R 1 is H or methyl
  • R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl or di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino;
  • X 1 is N or C-R 6 wherein R 6 is H, fluoro or C1-C2 alkyl;
  • X 2 is O or S
  • X 3 is N, or X 3 is CH under the condition that X 1 is N and X 2 is N-R 7 whereinR 7 is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl or cyclopropyl; with the condition that the compound of Formula ⁇ is not (3-(2-isobutylthiazol-4-yl)- 5,6-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-7(8H)-yl)(4-(thiophen-2- yl)phenyl)methanone.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula ⁇ and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof are those wherein Ar 1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl or unsubstituted phenyl, preferably Ar 1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl; and/or
  • R 1 is H or methyl, preferably R 1 is methyl;
  • R is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, cyclopropyl or di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino, preferably R is methyl, ethyl, vinyl, iso-
  • R iso-buty ⁇ ,C 1 fluoroalkyl, cyclopropyl or dimethylamino, more preferably R is
  • R is methyl, ethyl or isopropyl; even more preferably R is methyl and/or
  • X I is C-R 6 wherein R 6 is H or methyl, preferably X 1 is CH; and/or
  • X is O or S, preferably X is S;
  • X 3 is N.
  • preferred compounds of Formula ⁇ are those of Formula ⁇ 1 and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein Ar 1 , R1 , R2 , X 1 and X 2 are as defined above with respect to Formula ⁇ .
  • Preferred compounds of Formula ⁇ 1 and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof are those wherein
  • Ar 1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl or unsubstituted phenyl, preferably Ar 1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl; and/or
  • R 1 is H or methyl, preferably R 1 is methyl;
  • R is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, cyclopropyl or di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino, preferably R is methyl, ethyl, vinyl, iso-
  • R is methyl, ethyl, wo-propyl, trifluoromethyl or cyclopropyl; still more preferably R is methyl, ethyl or wo-propyl; even more preferably R is methyl and/or
  • X 1 is C-R 6 wherein R 6 is H or methyl, preferably X 1 is CH; and/or
  • X 2 is O or S, preferably X 2 is S.
  • preferred compounds of Formula ⁇ 1 are those of Formulae I'a and I'b:
  • Preferred compounds of Formulae I'a and I'b are those wherein
  • Ar 1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl or unsubstituted phenyl, preferably Ar 1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl; and/or
  • R is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, cyclopropyl or di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino, preferably R is methyl, ethyl, vinyl, iso- propyl, wo-butyl,Cl fluoroalkyl, cyclopropyl or dimethylamino, more preferably R is
  • R is methyl, ethyl or wo-propyl; even more preferably R is methyl and/or
  • X 1 is C-R 6 wherein R 6 is H or methyl, preferably X 1 is CH; and/or
  • X 2 is O or S, preferably X 2 is S.
  • preferred compounds of Formula ⁇ 1 are those of Formulae I'c and I'd:
  • Preferred compounds of Formulae I'c and I'd are those wherein
  • R 1 is H or methyl, preferably R 1 is methyl;
  • R is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, cyclopropyl or di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino, preferably R is methyl, ethyl, vinyl, iso- propyl, wo-butyl,Cl fluoroalkyl, cyclopropyl or dimethylamino, more preferably R is methyl, ethyl, wo-propyl, trifluoromethyl or cyclopropyl, still more preferably R is methyl, ethyl or wo-propyl; even more preferably R is methyl and/or
  • X 1 is C-R 6 wherein R 6 is H or methyl, preferably X 1 is CH; and/or
  • X 2 is O or S, preferably X 2 is S.
  • preferred compounds of Formula ⁇ 1 are those of Formulae I'e and I'f:
  • Ar 1 , R 1 , R 2 and R 6 are as defined above in respect to Formula ⁇ .
  • Preferred compounds of Formulae I'e and I'f are those wherein
  • Ar 1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl or unsubstituted phenyl, preferably Ar 1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl; and/or
  • R 1 is H or methyl, preferably R 1 is methyl;
  • R is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, cyclopropyl or di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino, preferably R is methyl, ethyl, vinyl, iso-
  • R is
  • R is methyl, ethyl or wo-propyl; even more preferably R is methyl and/or
  • R 6 is H or methyl, preferably R 6 is H.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 6 are as defined above in respect to Formula ⁇ .
  • Preferred compounds of Formulae I'e-1, 1'f-1, 1'e-2 and I'f-2 are those wherein R 1 is H or methyl, preferably R 1 is methyl; and/or
  • R is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, cyclopropyl or di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino, preferably R is methyl, ethyl, vinyl, iso- propyl, iso-buty ⁇ ,Cl fluoroalkyl, cyclopropyl or dimethylamino, more preferably R is
  • R is methyl, ethyl or isopropyl; even more preferably R is methyl and/or
  • R 6 is H or methyl, preferably R 6 is H.
  • R 6 is H.
  • those of Formulae I'f-1, 1'e-2 and I'f-2 are preferred, those of Formula I'f-2 are further preferred.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula I'e-2 are those of Formula I'e-3
  • R 2 is as defined above in respect to Formula I'e-2, preferably R 2 is methyl, ethyl, iso- propyl, isobutyl, vinyl, cyclopropyl, trifluoromethyl or dimethylamino, more preferably
  • R 2 is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl, more preferably R 2 is methyl, ethyl or isopropyl, still more preferably R 2 is ethyl or isopropyl, even more preferably R 2 is isopropyl.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula I'f-2 are those of Formula I'f-3
  • R 2 is as defined above in respect to Formula I'e-2, preferably R 2 is methyl, ethyl, iso- propyl, wo-butyl, vinyl, cyclopropyl, trifluoromethyl or dimethylamino, more preferably R 2 is methyl, ethyl, wo-propyl, vinyl, cyclopropyl or dimethylamino more preferably R 2 is methyl, ethyl, wo-propyl, vinyl or dimethylamino, still more preferably R is methyl or ethyl, even more preferably R is methyl.
  • compounds of Formula ⁇ 1 are those of Formulae I'g, I'h and I'i
  • R1 , R2" and R 7 are as defined above in respect to Formula ⁇ .
  • the invention provides compounds of general Formula I" :
  • Ar 1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl, unsubstituted phenyl, or 4-fluorophenyl;
  • R 1 is H or methyl
  • R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl or C3-C4 cycloalkyl
  • X 4 is N or C-R 8 wherein R 8 is H or C1-C2 alkyl
  • X 5 is O or S
  • X 6 is N, or X 6 is CH under the condition that X 4 is N and X 5 is N-R 9 whereinR 9 is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl or cyclopropyl.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula I" and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof are those wherein Ar 1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl or unsubstituted phenyl, preferably Ar 1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl; and/or
  • R 1 is H or methyl, preferably R 1 is methyl;
  • R is methyl or wo-propyl
  • X 4 is N or C-R 8 wherein R 8 is H or methyl, X 5 is O or S and X 6 is N, preferably X 4 is N or C-R 8 wherein R 8 is H or methyl, X 5 is S and X 6 is N; and/or
  • X 4 is N
  • X 5 is N-R 9 wherein R 9 is methyl and X 6 is CH.
  • preferred compounds of Formula I" are those of Formulae I"a and I"b:
  • Ar 1 , R 3 , X 4 , X 5 and X 6 are as defined above in respect to Formula ⁇ ' .
  • preferred compounds of Formula I" are those of Formulae I"c and I"d:
  • R 1 , R 3 , X 4 , X 5 and X 6 are as defined above in respect to Formula ⁇ ' .
  • Preferred compounds of Formulae ⁇ 'c and ⁇ 'd are those wherein R 1 is H or methyl, preferably R 1 is methyl; and/or
  • R is methyl or wo-propyl
  • X 4 is N or C-R 8 wherein R 8 is H or methyl, X 5 is O or S and X 6 is N, preferably X 4 is N or C-R 8 wherein R 8 is H or methyl, X 5 is S and X 6 is N; and/or
  • X 4 is N
  • X 5 is N-R 9 wherein R 9 is methyl and X 6 is CH.
  • preferred compounds of Formula I" are those of Formulae I"e, I"f, I"g, F 'h and I"i:
  • Preferred compounds of Formulae I"e, I"f, I"g, I"h and I"i are those wherein
  • Ar 1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl or unsubstituted phenyl, preferably Ar 1 unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl; and/or
  • R 1 is H or methyl, preferably R 1 is methyl; and/or R is methyl or wo-propyl; and/or
  • R is H or methyl, preferably H
  • R 9 is methyl
  • R 1 , R3 , R 8 and R 9 are as defined above in respect to Formula ⁇ ' .
  • Preferred compounds of Formulae I"e-1, I"f-1, I"g-1, 1"h-1, I"i-1, I"e-2, I"f-2, I"g- 2, 1"h-2 and ⁇ 'i-2 are those wherein
  • R 1 is H or methyl, preferably R 1 is methyl;
  • R is methyl or wo-propyl
  • R is H or methyl, preferably H; and/or R 9 is methyl.
  • the invention provides compounds of general Formula
  • Ar 1 is unsubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl, or 4-fluorophi
  • R 4 is halo, cyano, methyl, or hydroxyl
  • R 5 is H or halo; with the condition that the compound of Formula F " is not
  • Preferred compounds of Formula ⁇ ' ' and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof are those wherein Ar 1 is unsubstituted phenyl, or unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl more preferably Ar 1 is unsubstituted phenyl; and/or
  • R 4 is cyano, methyl or hydroxy, preferably R 4 is cyano or methyl, more preferably R 4 is methyl, and R 5 is H; and/or
  • R 4 is methyl and R 5 is chloro.
  • preferred compounds of Formula ⁇ " are those of Formulae ⁇ and I' "b:
  • R 4 and R 5 are as defined above in respect to Formula ⁇ " .
  • Preferred compounds of Formulae I' "a and I' "b are those wherein
  • R 4 is cyano, methyl or hydroxy, preferably R 4 is cyano or methyl, more preferably R 4 is methyl, and R 5 is H; and/or
  • R 4 is methyl and R 5 is chloro.
  • Particularly preferred compounds of Formula I of the invention are those listed in Table 1 hereafter:
  • the compounds of Table 1 were named using ChemDraw Ultra version 12.0 (CambridgeSoft, Cambridge, MA, USA).
  • the compounds of Formula I can be prepared by different ways with reactions known to a person skilled in the art. Reaction schemes as described in the example section are illustrative only and should not be construed as limiting the invention in any way. According to one embodiment, compounds of Formula I can be prepared using the chiral synthesis of the invention detailed below.
  • the invention is further directed to the use of the compounds of the invention or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates thereof as antagonists to the NK-3 receptor.
  • the invention relates to the use of compounds of Formula I and subformulae in particular those of table 1 above, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates thereof, as NK-3 receptor antagonists.
  • the invention relates to a novel process for the preparation of compounds of Formula II which comprises the above described steps a) to d).
  • the process of the invention is directed to the preparation of 5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine compounds of Formula II as defined above or salts or solvates thereof, wherein R and Ar are as defined above ; and steps a) to d) are as follows: a) reacting a compound of Formula A
  • R 12 , R 12 ', R 13 , R 13 " and R 14 are H, or R 14 is methoxy and R 12 , R 12 ', R 13 and R 13 ' are H, or R 12 and R 14 are methoxy and R 12 ', R 13 and R 13 ' are H, or R 12 , R 12 ' and R 14 are methoxy and R 13 and R 13 ' are H,
  • X is CI, Br, I, OMs, OTs, OTf, either through direct alkylation of the amine nitrogen when compound of Formula B2 is used, or in the presence of a reducing agent when a compound of Formula B 1 is used to ultimately obtain a compound of Formula C-l
  • R 1 ', R 12 , R 12 ', R 13 , R 13 , R 14 and Ar 2 ' are as defined above; and d) deprotecting the compound of Formula F-1 with a suitable deprotection reagent as defined herein to afford a compound of Formula II or an salt or solvate thereof.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula Hand salts or solvates thereof are those wherein
  • R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl or C3-C4 cycloalkyl, each of said alkyl or cycloalkyl groups, groups being optionally substituted by one ester group; preferably R is linear or branched CI -C4 alkyl or C3-C4 cycloalkyl; or
  • R is C1-C2 alkyl, optionally substituted by one ester group; preferably R is methyl optionally substituted by one ester group, more preferably R is methyl; and/or
  • Ar is a 5- to 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl group, each of the aryl, or heteroaryl groups being optionally substituted by one or more group(s) selected from halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, , aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, carbamoyl, alkylcarbamoyl, carbamoylalkyl, carbamoylamino, alkylcarbamoylamino, or fused to the aryl or heteroaryl group may be one or more cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl moiety, each of said substituents being optionally substituted by one or more further substituent(s) selected from halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy; preferably Ar is a 5- to 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl group, each of the aryl,
  • Ar is a 5- to 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl group, each of the aryl, or heteroaryl groups being optionally substituted by one or more group(s) selected from fluoro, branched or linear C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl halo(Cl)alkyl, cyclopropyl,
  • Ar is a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl group selected from the group consisting of rings (i), (ii)and (iii)
  • X 1 is N or C-R 6 wherein R 6 is H, fluoro or methyl; preferably X 1 is C-R 6 wherein R 6 is H or methyl, more preferably X 1 is CH; and/or
  • X is O or S; preferably X is S; and/or
  • X 3 is N, or X 3 is CH under the condition that X 1 is N and X 2 is N-R 7 wherein R 7 is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl or cyclopropyl; preferably X is N; and/or
  • R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino, phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,4- difluorophenyl or N-morpholinyl; preferably R is methyl, ethyl, wo-propyl, CI fhioroalkyl, cyclopropyl, dimethylamino, phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difhiorophenyl or or N-morpholinyl; more preferably R is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, trifluoromethyl or
  • R is methyl, ethyl or wo-propyl; most preferably R is methyl;
  • X 4 is N or C-R 8 wherein R 8 is H or C1-C2 alkyl, X 5 is O or S, X 6 is N or X 6 is CH under the condition that X 4 is N and X 5 is N-R 9 wherein R 9 is C1-C2 alkyl or C3 cycloalkyl, or X 4 is N, X 5 is N-R 9 wherein R 9 ismethyl and X 6 is CH; preferably X 4 is N or C-R 8 whereinR 8 isH or methyl, X 5 is O or S and X 6 is N; more preferably X 4 is N or C-R 8 wherein R 8 is H or methyl, X 5 is S and X 6 is N; and/or
  • R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2- C3 alkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino, phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,4-
  • R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl
  • R is methyl or isopropyl
  • R is cyano, C1-C2 alkyl or hydroxyl, preferably R is cyano, methyl or
  • R is methyl or hydroxyl, still more preferably R is methyl.
  • Step a) of the process as defined above is the preparation of compounds of Formula C through reaction of the amine group of a compound of Formula A with a reagent resulting in a N-sp protective group, as defined herein, on the amine nitrogen of compound of Formula A using standard reductive amination conditions.
  • the compound of Formula A is advantageously selected from those wherein R is a C1-C4 alkyl, each of said alkyl groups being optionally substituted by one or more group(s) selected from halo or esters, preferably R is methyl.
  • the reagent resulting in a N-sp protective group, as defined herein, on the amine nitrogen of compound of Formula A is advantageously a compound of Formula B 1 or B2 as defined above.
  • the compound of Formula Bl or B2 is advantageously selected from those wherein R 14 is methoxy and R 12 , R 12' , R 13 and R 13' are H, or R 1"2 and R 1"4 are methoxy and R 12 ', R 13 and R 13 are H, or R 12 , R 12 ' and R 14 are methoxy and R 13 and R 13 ' are H, in particular the compound of Formula B is the one wherein R 12 and R 14 are methoxy and R 1 ⁇ 2' , R 1"3 and R 1"3' are H; and/or
  • the term "benzylic protective groups" according to the invention is defined as benzyl (Bn), 4-methoxybenzyl (PMB), 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl (DMB) and 2,4,6- trimethoxybenz
  • benzylic protective groups proved advantageous since their use resulted in significant reduction of racemization during the steps b), c) and d) as compared to when other protective groups such as Boc (ie/t-butyloxycarbonyl) and Cbz (carbobenzyloxy) were used to conduct steps b), c) and d).
  • N-sp protective groups as defined herein, e.g. Bn, PMB, DMB, TMB
  • N-sp protective groups i.e. carbamates such as Boc, Cbz, Alloc (allyloxycarbonyl)
  • carbamates such as Boc, Cbz, Alloc (allyloxycarbonyl)
  • the greater reaction efficiency in terms of reaction time and generally milder reaction conditions e.g.
  • step a) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent.
  • reducing agent means all reagents that can reduce an imine to an amine, such as suitable hydrogenolytic conditions, including but not limited to using NaBH 4 and related derivatives, tri(Cl-C2alkyl)silanes, boranes, and hydride-transfer reagents.
  • the reducing agent is advantageously an alkaline cation borohydride reagent, which is preferably selected from the group consisting of sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, sodium trifluroracetoxyborohydride, more preferably the reducing agent is sodium triacetoxyborohydride.
  • Step a) is carried out according to standard procedures well known to those skilled in the art (See for example (a) Wuts, P. G. M.; Greene, T. W. In “Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", Wiley-Interscience: New York, 4 th Edition, Chap. 7, pp. 696-926, and (b) Kocienski, P. J. In “Protecting Groups”, Georg Thieme Verlag: Stuttgart, New York; 3 rd Edition, Chap. 8, pp. 487-643).
  • Intermediates of Formula A may be optionally purified by silica gel flash chromatography or silica gel chromatography, and/or precipitation, and/or trituration, and/or filtration, and/or recrystallization.
  • the second step of the process, step b), is the conversion of the ketopiperazine compounds of Formula C to iminoether compounds of Formula D, in particular of ketopiperazine compounds of Formula C- 1 to iminoether compounds of Formula D- 1.
  • step b) proceeds without significant loss of chirality resulting in the corresponding products of good enantiomeric purity as defined herein.
  • the procedure involves a tri(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxonium salt (Meerwein-type reagents), or (Cl-C2)alkylsulfate, or (Cl-C2)chloroformate, or use of PC1 5 /P0C1 3 /(C1- C2)hydroxyalkyl, preferably tri(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxonium salt (Meerwein-type reagents), or (Cl-C2)alkylsulfate, more preferably tri(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxonium salt, and even more preferably a tri(C2 alkyl)oxonium salt, such as Et 3 OBF 4 .
  • step b) is carried out in the presence of a base.
  • step b) Use of at least 2 equivalents of tri(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxonium salt (1) with respect to the 3- substituted-piperazin-2-one was required to aid towards a complete conversion when step b) was carried out without a mild base additive, such as Na 2 C0 3 ,as further discussed hereunder.
  • a mild base additive such as Na 2 C0 3
  • the base is advantageously selected from the group consisting of sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, preferably the base is sodium carbonate. In a preferred embodiment, between 1 and 5, preferably about 1.8 mole equivalents with respect to tri(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxonium salt of base are used.
  • the tri(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxonium salt is advantageously selected from the group consisting of trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate, triethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate, preferably the tri(Cl-C2 alkyl) oxonium salt is triethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate. In an advantageous embodiment, between 1 and 2, preferably about 1.4, mole equivalents of tri(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxonium salt is used.
  • the iminoether synthesis step b) is advantageously carried out in an organic, preferably anhydrous, solvent, preferably dichloromethane.
  • the reaction is advantageously carried out at a temperature equal to or below the boiling point of the organic solvent; preferably the reaction is carried out at room temperature.
  • room temperature means a temperature comprised between 10 °C and 30 °C, preferably about 20+5 °C.
  • step b) is carried out in DCM, at room temperature with 1.8 equivalents with respect to tri(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxonium salt of sodium carbonate.
  • step c) is the preparation of triazolopiperazine compounds of Formula F by condensation between an iminoether of Formula D and an acylhydrazide of Formula E or a salt or solvate thereof, especially the preparation of triazolopiperazine compounds of Formula F-1 by condensation between an iminoether of Formula D-l and an acylhydrazide of Formula E or salt or solvate thereof.
  • N-sp protective groups such as Boc
  • the inductive effect of the carbamate makes the proton at the C8 position more acidic, which could thus explain the observed racemization (deprotonation might occur in the presence of hydrazide).
  • Step c) is generally carried out at a temperature comprised between 50°C and 135°C, preferably between 70°C and 135°C.
  • condensations with Boc-protected methylketopiperazine were typically conducted under very forcing conditions, such as 135 °C, neat reaction medium, long reaction time (>24 h) or excessive application of microwave for several days.
  • very forcing conditions such as 135 °C, neat reaction medium, long reaction time (>24 h) or excessive application of microwave for several days.
  • Such conditions were not readily amenable for scale-up, and in addition, non-reproducible chiral purity was also a problem with such harsh and protracted reaction conditions.
  • Intermediates of Formula F may optionally be purified by flash or column chromatography on silica gel.
  • step d entails deprotection of compounds of Formula F especially compounds of Formula F-l with a suitable deprotection reagent.
  • suitable deprotection reagent is defined as as any reagent(s) allowing the removal of an N-sp protective group as defined herein, in particular benzylic protective groups as defined herein. Examples of such reagents are reported in (a) Wuts, P. G. M.; Greene, T. W. In “Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", Wiley-Interscience: New York, 4 th Edition, Chap. 7, pp. 696-926, and (b) Kocienski, P. J. In “Protecting Groups", Georg Thieme Verlag: Stuttgart, New York; 3 rd Edition, Chap. 8, pp. 487-643); suitable deprotection reagents include but are not limited to hydrogenolytic condtions (e.g. H 2 , Pd/C) or acidolytic conditions (e.g. HC1, TFA).
  • hydrogenolytic condtions e.g. H 2 , Pd/C
  • acidolytic conditions e.g
  • Preferred deprotection reagents are selected from the group consisting of TFA, HC1, preferably HC1.
  • Step d) is advantageously carried out in an organic solvent selected from 1,4-dioxane, dichloromethane, isopropanol.
  • step d) may be optionally followed by a conversion to the free base form.
  • compounds of Formula II, either in salt or free base form are converted using stereoisomeric salt-forming agents, such as chiral acids, to obtain stereoisomeric salts of Formula II in order to enhance the chemical purity and/or stereoisomeric purity of the final intermediate.
  • stereoisomeric salt-forming agents include but are not limited to mandelic acid, tartaric acid, dibenzoyl- and ditoluyl-tartaric acid, phenylpropionic acid, tartanilic acid derivatives in all relevant stereoisomeric forms, or more preferably mandelic acid, tartaric acid, dibenzoyl- and ditoluyl-tartaric acid, phenylpropionic acid in all relevant stereoisomeric forms.
  • step d) is followed by an additional amide coupling step e) in which the compound of Formula II or salt or solvate thereof is reacted with a compound of
  • Ar 1 is phenyl, thiophen-2yl or 4-fhiorophenyl, preferably phenyl or thiophen-2-yl;
  • Y is hydroxyl, halo, preferably F or CI, more preferably hydroxyl and CI, and even more preferably CI; to provide a compound of Formula H
  • Step e) is advantageously carried out in an organic, preferably anhydrous, solvent, selected from dichloromethane, acetonitrile, preferably in dichloromethane.
  • the reaction is advantageously carried out at a temperature equal to or below boiling point of the organic solvent, preferably at room temperature.
  • the reaction is carried out in the presence of a base selected from the group consisting of di-iso-propylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, triethylamine, preferably N-methylmorpholine, and in the case of compounds of Formula G wherein Y is a hydroxyl, an activated anhydride, ester, acylurea derivative of the latter said compounds - formed through conventional amide bond forming reagent(s) involving the use of so-called activating groups, such as isobutylchloroformate, DIC, DCC, HOBt, HATU, HBTU, DEPBT under reaction conditions known to those skilled in the art, and more preferably with compounds of Formula G wherein Y is a halo, the reaction was carried out in the presence of a base selected from the group consisting of di-iso-propylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, triethylamine,
  • Enantiomeric excess values of compounds of Formula II or salt thereof were not determined since separation on chiral HPLC was difficult to achieve. However, chiral purity and enantiomeric excess of compounds of Formula G could be determined. Applicant has observed identical ee values for compounds of Formula D and amides of Formula H which confirmed both steps d) and e) proceed without any detectable racemisation (chiral LC).
  • the invention provides intermediates for the synthesis of compounds of Formula II, in particular according to the process of the invention. These intermediates are compounds of Formula D as defined above.
  • compounds of Formula D are those of formula D-l
  • R and R ⁇ u are as defined with respect to Formula D;
  • R 12 , R 12 ', R 13 , R 13 and R 14 are H, or R 14 is methoxy and R 12 , R 12 ', R 13 and R 13 ' are H, or R 12 and R 14 are methoxy and R 12 ', R 13 and R 13 ' are H, or R 12 , R 12 ' and R 14 are methoxy and R 13 and R 13 ' are H.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula D- l are those wherein:
  • R 14 is methoxy and R 12 , R 12 ', R 13 and R 13 ' are H, or R 12 and R 14 are methoxy and R 12 ', R 13 and R 13 ' are H, or R 12 , R 12 ' and R 14 are methoxy and R 13 and R 13 ' are H, preferably R 12 and R 14 are methoxy and R 12 ', R 13 and R 13 ' are H, or R 12 , R 12 ' and R 14 are methoxy and R 13 and R 13 ' are H, more preferably R 12 and R 14 are methoxy and R 12 ', R 13 and R 13 ' are H; and/or
  • R 10 is ethyl
  • a preferred compound of Formula D-l is (R)- l-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-5-ethoxy-6- methyl- 1 ,2,3,6-tetrahydropyrazine.
  • the invention also provides compounds of Formula III as defined above.
  • compounds of Formula III or salts or solvates thereof are those wherein
  • R 11 is H or
  • R 12 , R 12 ', R 13 , R 13 and R 14 are H, or R 14 is methoxy and R 12 , R 12 ', R 13 and R 13 ' are H, or R 12 and R 14 are methoxy and R 12 ', R 13 and R 13 ' are H, or R 12 , R 12 ' and R 14 are methoxy and R 13 and R 13 ' are H; preferably R 14 is methoxy and R 12 , R 12 ', R 13 and R 13 ' are H, orR 12 and R 14 are methoxy and R 12 ', R 13 and R 13 ' are H, or R 12 , R 12 'and R 14 are methoxy and R 13 and R 13 ' are H, preferably R 12 and R 14 are methoxy and R 12 ', R 13 and R 13 ' are H,
  • R ⁇ and R" are methoxy and R and R are H, more preferably R and R are methoxy and R 12 ', R 13 and R 13 ' are H;
  • R and Ar is as defined with respect to Formula II.
  • the invention relates to the use of these compounds or salts or solvates thereof for the synthesis of pharmaceutical active ingredients, such as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists.
  • the compounds of the invention are therefore useful as medicaments, in particular in the prevention and/or treatment of depression, anxiety, pyschosis, schizophrenia, psychotic disorders, bipolar disorders, cognitive disorders, Parkinson' s disease, Alzheimer' s disease, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), pain, convulsion, obesity, inflammatory diseases including irritable bowel syndrome and inflammatory bowel disorders, emesis, pre-eclampsia, airway related diseases including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, airway hyperresponsiveness, bronchoconstriction and cough, reproduction disorders, contraception and sex hormone- dependent diseases including but not limited to benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), prostatic hyperplasia, metastatic prostatic carninoma, testicular cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, androgen dependent acne, male pattern baldness, endometriosis, abnormal puberty, uterine fibrosis, uterine fibroid tumor, hormone-dependent cancers, hyperandrogenism, hirs
  • follicular maturation arrest atresia, anovulation, dysmenorrhea, dysfunctional uterine bleeding, infertility), androgen- producing tumor (virilizing ovarian or adrenal tumor), menorrhagia and adenomyosis.
  • the invention also provides for a method for delaying in patient the onset of depression, anxiety, pyschosis, schizophrenia, psychotic disorders, bipolar disorders, cognitive disorders, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), pain, convulsion, obesity, inflammatory diseases including irritable bowel syndrome and inflammatory bowel disorders, emesis, pre-eclampsia, airway related diseases including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, airway hyperresponsiveness, bronchoconstriction and cough, reproduction disorders, contraception and sex hormone-dependent diseases including but not limited to benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), prostatic hyperplasia, metastatic prostatic carninoma, testicular cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, androgen dependent acne, male pattern baldness, endometriosis, abnormal puberty, uterine fibrosis, uterine fibroid tumor, hormone-dependent cancers, hyperandrogenism, hirsutism, vir
  • follicular maturation arrest atresia, anovulation, dysmenorrhea, dysfunctional uterine bleeding, infertility), androgen-producing tumor (virilizing ovarian or adrenal tumor), menorrhagia and adenomyosis comprising the administration of a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof to a patient in need thereof.
  • the patient is a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a human.
  • the compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of gynecological disorders and infertility.
  • the invention provides methods to suppress the LH-surge in assisted conception.
  • the compounds of the invention are also useful to cause male castration and to inhibit the sex drive in men. This is of particular interest in the treatment of male sexual offenders.
  • the invention further provides the use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for treating and/or preventing depression, anxiety, pyschosis, schizophrenia, psychotic disorders, bipolar disorders, cognitive disorders, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), pain, convulsion, obesity, inflammatory diseases including irritable bowel syndrome and inflammatory bowel disorders, emesis, pre-eclampsia, airway related diseases including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, airway hyperresponsiveness, bronchoconstriction and cough, reproduction disorders, contraception and sex hormone- dependent diseases including but not limited to benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), prostatic hyperplasia, metastatic prostatic carninoma, testicular cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, androgen dependent acne, male pattern baldness, endometriosis, abnormal puberty, uterine fibrosis, uterine fibroid tumor
  • follicular maturation arrest atresia, anovulation, dysmenorrhea, dysfunctional uterine bleeding, infertility), androgen- producing tumor (virilizing ovarian or adrenal tumor), menorrhagia and adenomyosis in a patient.
  • the patient is a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a human.
  • the invention further provides the use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof for the manufacture of a medicament to suppress the LH- surge in assisted conception in a patient.
  • the patient is a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a woman.
  • the invention further provides the use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof for the manufacture of a medicament to cause male castration and to inhibit the sex drive in men. This is of particular interest in the treatment of male sexual offenders.
  • a method for modulating NK-3 receptor activity in a patient, preferably a warm blooded animal, and even more preferably a human, in need of such treatment, which comprises administering to said patient an effective amount of compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof.
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered as part of a combination therapy.
  • a combination therapy comprising coadministration of, and compositions and medicaments which contain, in addition to a compound of the present invention, a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof as active ingredient, additional therapeutic agents and/or active ingredients.
  • Such multiple drug regimens often referred to as “combination therapy” may be used in the treatment and/or prevention of any of the diseases or conditions mediated by or associated with NK-3 receptor modulation.
  • the use of such combinations of therapeutic agents is especially pertinent with respect to the treatment of the above-mentioned disorders within a patient in need of treatment or one at risk of becoming such a patient.
  • Suitable supplementary therapeutic agents used for the purpose of auxiliary treatment include drugs which, instead of directly treating or preventing a disease or condition mediated by or associated with NK-3 receptor modulation, treat diseases or conditions which directly result from or indirectly accompany the basic or underlying NK-3 receptor modulated disease or condition.
  • the compound of Formula I, a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof may be used in combination therapy with antipsychotic drugs (APD), to improve the efficacy and to minimize secondary effects associated to APD including but not limited to Dopamine 2/3 and 5-HT2 receptors antagonists. More particular the compound of Formula I, a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof may be used as an adjunct therapy in combination with an atypical antipsychotic drug, including but not limited to risperidone, clozapine, olanzapine, where the NK-3 receptor modulator may serve a role as dose-limiting for the atypical antipsychotic and therefore spare the patient from some of the side effect of those atypical antipsychotic drugs.
  • APD antipsychotic drugs
  • the methods of treatment and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may employ the compounds of Formula I or pharmaceutical acceptable solvates thereof in the form of monotherapy, but said methods and compositions may also be used in the form of multiple therapy in which one or more compounds of Formula I or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates are coadministered in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents.
  • the compound of Formula I, a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof and other therapeutic active agents may be administered in terms of dosage forms either separately or in conjunction with each other, and in terms of their time of administration, either serially or simultaneously.
  • the administration of one component agent may be prior to, concurrent with, or subsequent to the administration of the other component agent(s).
  • the invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient and/or adjuvant.
  • the invention also covers pharmaceutical compositions which contain, in addition to a compound of the present invention, a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof as active ingredient, additional therapeutic agents and/or active ingredients.
  • Another object of this invention is a medicament comprising at least one compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof, as active ingredient.
  • a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for modulating NK-3 receptor activity in a patient, in need of such treatment, which comprises administering to said patient an effective amount of compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof.
  • the patient is a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a human.
  • the compounds of the invention, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates may be used in monotherapy or in combination therapy.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of the invention for the manufacture of a medicament for at least one of the purposes described above, wherein said medicament is administered to a patient in need thereof, preferably a warm-blooded animal, and even more preferably a human, in combination with at least one additional therapeutic agent and/or active ingredient.
  • the benefits and advantages of such a multiple drug regimen, possible administration regimens as well as suitable additional therapeutic agents and/or active ingredients are those described above.
  • the compounds of the invention may be formulated as a pharmaceutical preparation comprising at least one compound of the invention and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient and/or adjuvant, and optionally one or more further pharmaceutically active compounds.
  • such a formulation may be in a form suitable for oral administration, for parenteral administration (such as by intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous injection or intravenous infusion), for topical administration (including ocular), for administration by inhalation, by a skin patch, by an implant, by a suppository, etc.
  • parenteral administration such as by intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous injection or intravenous infusion
  • topical administration including ocular
  • suitable administration forms - which may be solid, semi-solid or liquid, depending on the manner of administration - as well as methods and carriers, diluents and excipients for use in the preparation thereof, will be clear to the skilled person; reference is made to the latest edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences.
  • Such preparations include tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, cachets, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols, ointments, cremes, lotions, soft and hard gelatin capsules, suppositories, drops, sterile injectable solutions and sterile packaged powders (which are usually reconstituted prior to use) for administration as a bolus and/or for continuous administration, which may be formulated with carriers, excipients, and diluents that are suitable per se for such formulations, such as lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol, cellulose, (sterile) water, methylcellulose, methyl- and propy
  • the formulations can optionally contain other substances that are commonly used in pharmaceutical formulations, such as lubricating agents, wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, dispersing agents, desinte grants, bulking agents, fillers, preserving agents, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, flow regulators, release agents, etc..
  • the compositions may also be formulated so as to provide rapid, sustained or delayed release of the active compound(s) contained therein.
  • the pharmaceutical preparations of the invention are preferably in a unit dosage form, and may be suitably packaged, for example in a box, blister, vial, bottle, sachet, ampoule or in any other suitable single-dose or multi-dose holder or container (which may be properly labeled); optionally with one or more leaflets containing product information and/or instructions for use.
  • unit dosages will contain between 0.05 and 1000 mg, and usually between 1 and 500 mg, of the at least one compound of the invention, e.g. about 10, 25, 50, 100, 200, 300 or 400 mg per unit dosage.
  • the active compound of the invention will usually be administered between 0.01 to 100 mg per kilogram, more often between 0.1 and 50 mg, such as between 1 and 25 mg, for example about 0.5, 1, 5, 10, 15, 20 or 25 mg, per kilogram body weight of the patient per day, which may be administered as a single daily dose, divided over one or more daily doses, or essentially continuously, e.g. using a drip infusion.
  • halo or halogen means fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo.
  • Preferred halo groups are fluoro and chloro. The most preferred halo group is fluoro in the present invention unless otherwise indicated herein.
  • alkyl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a hydrocarbyl radical of formula C n H2 n+ i wherein n is a number greater than or equal to 1.
  • alkyl groups of this invention comprise from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups may be linear or branched.
  • Suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, i-propyl, w-butyl, i-butyl, s-butyl and i-butyl.
  • haloalkyl alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl radical having the meaning as defined above wherein one or more hydrogens are replaced with a halogen as defined above.
  • Non-limiting examples of such haloalkyl radicals include chloromethyl, 1-bromoethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 1,1,1- trifluoroethyl and the like.
  • C x _ y -haloalkyland Cx-Cy-alkyl refer to alkyl groups which comprise from x to y carbon atoms.
  • Preferred haloalkyl groups are difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl.
  • alkenyl refers to an unsaturated hydrocarbyl group, which may be linear or branched, comprising one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Suitable alkenyl groups comprise between 2 and 3 carbon atoms. Examples of alkenyl groups are ethenyl (vinyl), 2-propenyl (allyl). The preferred alkenyl group herein is the vinyl group.
  • thiophen-2-yl as used herein means a group of formula arrow defines the attachment point.
  • cycloalkyl as used herein is a cyclic alkyl group, that is to say, a monovalent, saturated, or unsaturated hydrocarbyl group having 1 or 2 cyclic structures. Cycloalkyl includes monocyclic hydrocarbyl groups only. Cycloalkyl groups may comprise 3 or more carbon atoms in the ring and generally, according to this invention comprise from 3 to 4, more preferably 3 carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl and cyclobutyl, with cyclopropyl being particularly preferred.
  • esters or "esters” as used herein means a group selected the group consisting of unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyloxycarbonyl, unsubstituted phenyloxycarbonyl or unsubstituted phenyl(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxycarbonyl.
  • Suitable ester groups include methyloxycarbonyl, ethyloxycarbonyl, n- propyloxycarbonyl, i-propyloxycarbonyl, w-butyloxycarbonyl, i-butyloxycarbonyl, s- butyloxycarbonyl, i-butyloxycarbonyl, phenyloxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl and phenethyloxycarbonyl, among which methyloxycarbonyl, ethyloxycarbonyl, propyloxycarbonyl, i-propyloxycarbonyl, phenyloxycarbonyl, and benzyloxycarbonyl are preferred.
  • Bonds from an asymmetric carbon in compounds are generally depicted using a solid line (— ), a zigzag line ( ), a solid wedge ( ⁇ ⁇ " ), or a dotted wedge ( ).
  • the use of either a solid or dotted wedge to depict bonds from an asymmetric carbon atom is meant to indicate that only the stereoisomer shown is meant to be included.
  • a dotted wedge ( ). carrying a methyl at the C8 position is used to depict the (R)-enantiomer.
  • a solid wedge ( ) would be used to depict the ( ⁇ -enantiomer.
  • the compounds of Formula II and subformulae thereof contain a stereogenic carbon center at position 8 and thus may exist as (R)- and (SJ-enantiomers.
  • the use of a solid line to depict the bond between position 8 of the ring and R 1 with a star next to position 8 indicates that the individual enantiomers are meant, thus excluding racemic mixtures thereof.
  • a solid wedge ( ' ) for the bond between position 8 of the ring and R 1 is used to depict the ( ⁇ -enantiomer and a dotted wedge ( ) for the bond between position 8 of the ring and R 1 is used to depict the (R)-enantiomer.
  • Prototropic tautomer equilibrium form may exist in certain compounds of Formula ⁇ thereby engendering either or both tautomers to exist; an example is illustrated below.
  • the compounds of the invention may be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of Formulae I, II and III include the acid addition salts thereof. Suitable acid addition salts are formed from acids which form non-toxic salts. Examples include the acetate, adipate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bicarbonate/carbonate, bisulphate/sulphate, borate, camsylate, citrate, cyclamate, edisylate, esylate, formate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glucuronate, hexafluorophosphate, hibenzate, hydrochloride/chloride, hydrobromide/bromide, hydroiodide/iodide, isethionate, lactate, malate, maleate, malonate, mesylate, methylsulphate, naphthylate, 2-napsylate, nicotinate, nitrate, orotate, o
  • the compounds of Formulae I, II or III of the invention may be prepared in salt form through the use of salt-formers.
  • Suitable acids are preferably but not limited to those that are considered to form pharmaceutically acceptable salts (see for example: Wermuth, C. G.; Stahl, P. H. In “Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts", Wiley- VCH: New York, 2002).
  • Such salts may be formed to enhance chemical purity and/or enhance storage lifetime of the attendant salt intermediate.
  • salt-formers examples include in a non-limiting sense the following acids; through any and all stereoisomeric forms where applicable: HC1, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, citric acid, lactic acid, maleic acid, mandelic acid, succinic acid, phenylpropionic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid.
  • Preferred salt-formers include HC1.
  • compositions of Formulae I, II and III may be prepared by one or more of these methods: (i) by reacting the compound of Formulae I, II or III with the desired acid;
  • solvate is used herein to describe a compound in this invention that contains stoichiometric or sub- stoichiometric amounts of one or more pharmaceutically acceptable solvent molecule such as ethanol.
  • solvent such as ethanol.
  • hydrate refers to when the said solvent is water.
  • references to compounds of Formulae I, II or III include references to salts, solvates, multi- component complexes and liquid crystals thereof.
  • the compounds of the invention include compounds of Formulae I, II or III as hereinbefore defined, including all polymorphs and crystal habits thereof, prodrugs, prodrugs and tautomers thereof and isotopically- labeled compounds of Formulae I, II or III.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts are preferred, it should be noted that the invention in its broadest sense also included non-pharmaceutically acceptable salts, which may for example be used in the isolation and/or purification of the compounds of the invention.
  • salts formed with optically active acids or bases may be used to form diastereoisomeric salts that can facilitate the separation of optically active isomers of the compounds of Formulae I, II or III above.
  • the invention also generally covers all pharmaceutically acceptable predrugs and prodrugs of the compounds of Formulae I, II or III.
  • prodrug as used herein means the pharmacologically acceptable derivatives of compounds of Formulae I, II or III, such as for example esters, whose in vivo biotransformation product generates the biologically active drug. Prodrugs are generally characterized by increased bio-availability and are readily metabolized into biologically active compounds in vivo.
  • predrug means any compound that will be modified to form a drug species, wherein the modification may take place either inside or outside of the body, and either before or after the predrug reaches the area of the body where administration of the drug is indicated.
  • patient refers to a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a human, who/which is awaiting the receipt of, or is receiving medical care or is/will be the object of a medical procedure.
  • human refers to a subject of both genders and at any stage of development (i.e. neonate, infant, juvenile, adolescent, adult).
  • treat are meant to include alleviating, attenuating or abrogating a condition or disease and/or its attendant symptoms.
  • prevention refers to a method of delaying or precluding the onset of a condition or disease and/or its attendant symptoms, barring a patient from acquiring a condition or disease, or reducing a patient's risk of acquiring a condition or disease.
  • terapéuticaally effective amount means the amount of active agent or active ingredient (e.g. NK-3 antagonist)that is sufficient to achieve the desired therapeutic or prophylactic effect in the patient to which/whom it is administered.
  • administration means providing the active agent or active ingredient (e. g. a NK-3 antagonist), alone or as part of a pharmaceutically acceptable composition, to the patient in whom/which the condition, symptom, or disease is to be treated or prevented.
  • active agent or active ingredient e.g. a NK-3 antagonist
  • pharmaceutically acceptable is meant that the ingredients of a pharmaceutical composition are compatible with each other and not deleterious to the patient thereof.
  • antagonist means a compound that competitively or non- competitively binds to a receptor at the same site as an agonist (for example, the endogenous ligand) and does not activate an intracellular response initiated by an active form of the receptor.
  • An antagonist for a specific receptor therefore, inhibits the intracellular response induced by an agonist to that specific receptor.
  • sex hormone-dependent disease means a disease which is exacerbated by, or caused by, excessive, inappropriate or unregulated sex hormone production.
  • diseases in men include but are not limited to benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), prostatic hyperplasia, metastatic prostatic carninoma, testicular cancer, androgen dependent acne, male pattern baldness and precocious puberty in boys.
  • diseases in women include but are not limited to endometriosis, abnormal puberty, uterine fibrosis, uterine fibroid tumor, hormone- dependent cancers (ovarian cancer, breast cancer), androgen-producing tumor (virilizing ovarian or adrenal tumor), hyperandrogenism, hirsutism, virilization, polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), premenstrual dysphoric disease (PMDD), HAIR-AN syndrome (hyperandrogenism, insulin resistance and acanthosis nigricans), ovarian hyperthecosis (HAIR-AN with hyperplasia of luteinized theca cells in ovarian stroma), other manifestations of high intraovarian androgen concentrations (e.g.
  • follicular maturation arrest atresia, anovulation, dysmenorrhea, dysfunctional uterine bleeding, infertility), menorrhagia and adenomyosis (abnormal endometrial growth within the muscle of the uterus).
  • Psychotic disorders means a group of illnesses that affect the mind. These illnesses alter a patient's ability to think clearly, make good judgments, respond emotionally, communicate effectively, understand reality, and behave appropriately. When symptoms are severe, patient with psychotic disorders have difficulty staying in touch with reality and are often unable to meet the ordinary demands of daily life.
  • Psychotic disorders include but are not limited to, schizophrenia, schizophreniform disorder, schizo-affective disorder, delusional disorder, brief psychotic disorder, shared psychotic disorder, psychotic disorder due to a general medical condition, substance-induced psychotic disorder or psychotic disorders not otherwise specified (Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Ed. 4th, American Psychiatric Association, Washington, D.C. 1994).
  • pharmaceutical vehicle means a carrier or inert medium used as solvent or diluent in which the pharmaceutically active agent is formulated and/or administered.
  • pharmaceutical vehicles include creams, gels, lotions, solutions, and liposomes.
  • reagent resulting in a N-sp protective group (PG) on the amine nitrogen of the compound of Formula A means any such reagents that result in a cleavable protective group substitution(s) while retaining the protected nitrogen atom as a tertiary amine, i.e. in the N-sp hybridized form.
  • N-benzyl and in particular electron-rich substituted N-benzyl; especially N-benzyl substituted by one or more electron donating groups, such as for example alcohol groups, alkoxy groups (especially methoxy), amino groups, alkyl groups; are considered embodiments of the "N-sp protective group" definition above.
  • Examples of such reagents include, but are not limited to, benzaldehyde, 4-methoxybenzaldehyde, 2,4-dimethoxybenzaldehyde, and 2,4,6-trimethoxybenzaldehyde.
  • Examples of N-benzyl or electron-rich substituted N-benzyl protective groups include, but are not limited to N-benzyl, N-4- methoxybenzyl, N-3,4-dimethoxybenzyl, N-3-methoxybenzyl, N-3,5-dimethoxybenzyl, N-2,4,6-trimethoxybenzyl. (See Wuts, P. G. M.; Greene, T. W.
  • Figure 1 shows X-ray crystal structure of compound n° 1 (thermal displacement ellipsoids drawn at the 50% probability level).
  • Figure 2 shows X-ray crystal structure of compound n° 19 (thermal displacement ellipsoids drawn at the 50% probability level).
  • Figure 3 shows the effects of a single intravenous 10 mg/kg dose of compound n°l on lutenizing hormone ('LH') plasma levels in castrated male, Sprague-Dawley rats measured 1 hour after dosing. LH levels are expressed as means + S.E.M.
  • the vehicle is 9% 2-hydroxypropyl- -cyclodextrin/H 2 0 (w/w).
  • Figure 4 shows the effects of a single intravenous 10 mg/kg dose of compound n°19 on lutenizing hormone ('LH') plasma levels in castrated male, Sprague-Dawley rats measured 1 hour after dosing. LH levels are expressed as means + S.E.M.
  • TLC thin layer chromatography
  • All other TLC developing agents/visualization techniques, experimental set-up or purification procedures that were used in this invention, when not described in specific details, are assumed to be known to those conversant in the art and are described in such standard reference manuals as: i) Gordon, A. J.; Ford, R. A. "The Chemist's Companion - A Handbook of Practical Data, Techniques, and References", Wiley: New York, 1972; ii) Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry, Pearson Prentice Hall: London, 1989.
  • HPLC-MS spectra were typically obtained on an Agilent LCMS using electropsray ionization (ESI).
  • the Agilent instrument includes an autosampler 1200, a binary pump 1100, an ultraviolet multi-wavelength detector 1100 and a 6100 single-quad mass- spectrometer.
  • the chromatography column used was Sunfire 3.5 ⁇ , C18, 3.0 x 50 mm in dimensions.
  • Eluent typically used was a mixture of solution A (0.1% TFA in H 2 0) and solution B (0.1% TFA in MeCN). Gradient was applied at a flow rate of 1.3 mL per minute as follows: gradient A: held the initial conditions of 5% solution B for 0.2 min, increased linearly to 95% solution B in 6 min, held at 95% during 1.75 min, returned to initial conditions in 0.25 min and maintained for 2.0 min; gradient B: held the initial conditions of 5% solution B for 0.2 min, increased linearly to 95% in 2.0 min, held at 95% during 1.75 min, returned to initial conditions in 0.25 min and maintained for 2 min.
  • chiral HPLC Determination of chiral purity was made using chiral HPLC that was performed on an Agilent 1100 (binary pump and a ultraviolet multi wavelength detector) with manual or automatic (Autosampler 1100) injection capabilities. Columns used were CHIRALPAK IA 5 ⁇ , 4.6 x 250 mm or CHIRALPAK IB 5 ⁇ , 4.6 x 250 mm in isocratic mode. Choice of eluent was predicated on the specifics of each separation. Further details concerning the chiral HPLC methods used are provided below.
  • Method A column CHIRALPAK IA 5 ⁇ , 4.6 x 250 mm, eluent: EtOAc plus 0.1% of DEA, flow rate: 1.0 mL per minute; UV detection at 254 nm; column at RT, eluent was used as sample solvent.
  • Method A' column CHIRALPAK IA 5 ⁇ , 4.6 x 250 mm, eluent: EtOAc plus 0.1% of DEA, flow rate: 1.5 mL per minute; UV detection at 254 nm; column at RT, eluent was used as sample solvent.
  • Method B column CHIRALPAK IA 5 ⁇ 4.6 x 250 mm, eluent: hexane/isopropanol/dichlormethane (3: 1: 1 v/v) plus 0.1% of DEA, flow rate: 1.0 mL per minute; UV detection at 254 nm, column at RT, eluent was used as sample solvent.
  • Method B' column CHIRALPAK IA 5 ⁇ 4.6 x 250 mm, eluent: hexane/isopropanol/dichlormethane (3: 1: 1 v/v) plus 0.1% of DEA, flow rate: 1.5 mL per minute; UV detection at 254 nm, column at RT, eluent was used as sample solvent.
  • Method C column CHIRALPAK IB 5 ⁇ 4.6 x 250mm, eluent: hexane/ethanol (7:3 v/v) plus 0.1% of DEA, flow rate: l.OmL min "1 , mL per minute; UV detection at 254 nm, column at RT, eluent was used as sample solvent.
  • Method C column CHIRALPAK IA 5 ⁇ 4.6 x 250mm, eluent: hexane/ethanol (1: 1 v/v) plus 0.1% of DEA, flow rate: 1.0 mL per minute; UV detection at 254 nm, column at RT, eluent was used as sample solvent.
  • Preparative HPLC purifications were typically carried out on a Waters FractionLynx instrument. This instrument consists of a fraction collector, a 2767 sample manager, a pump control a module II, a 515 HPLC pump, a 2525 binary gradient module, a switching valve, a 2996 photodiode array detector and a Micromass ZQ mass spectrometer.
  • the chromatography column used was Waters Sunfire 5 ⁇ , CI 8, 19 x 100 mm, or XBridge 5 ⁇ , CI 8, 19 x 100mm depending on the type of eluent system employed, i.e. low pH or high pH conditions.
  • eluent typically consisted of a mixture of solution A (0.04 M ammonium bicarbonate in H 2 0 plus 0.1% of cone. NH 4 OH) and solution B was MeCN.
  • solution A 0.4% ammonium bicarbonate
  • solution B was MeCN.
  • the gradient was adapted depending on the impurity profile in each sample purified, thereby allowing sufficient separation between the impurities and the desired compound.
  • Chiral preparative HPLC purifications were performed on an Agilent 1200 instrument (preparative pump 1200 and ultraviolet multi wavelength detector 1200) with manual injection.
  • the chiral columns used are as follows: CHIRALPAK IA 5 ⁇ , 20 x 250 mm, CHIRALPAK IA 5 ⁇ , 10 x 250 mm or a CHIRALPAK IB 5 ⁇ , 10 x 250 mm. All chiral HPLC methods were employed in an isocratic mode. The eluent mixture was selected based on the analytical chiral HPLC experiment (see above) that provided the best chiral separation. 1H (300 MHz) and 13 C NMR (75 MHz) spectra were recorded on a Bruker Avance DRX 300 instrument.
  • Boc ie/t-butoxycarbonyl
  • DMB-CHO 2,4-dimethoxybenzaldehyde
  • TFA trifluoroacetic acid
  • THF Tetrahydrofuran
  • Scheme 1 General racemic synthetic scheme for the preparation of the compounds of the invention.
  • the general synthetic scheme comprises the following steps:
  • Step l Ketopiperazine 1.1 was protected and converted to iminoether 1 by using the Meerwein reagent (Et 3 OBF 4 ).
  • Step 2 Ester 2.2 was subsequently converted to acyl hydrazide 2.Ester 2.2 may be obtained be esterification of acid 2.1.
  • Step 3 Cvclodehvdration between the acyl hydrazide 2 and the iminoether 1 furnished the protected triazolopiperazine 3.1. Thereafter, 3.1was subjected to acidolytic deprotection to obtain 3.
  • Step 4 The thus obtained triazolopiperazine intermediate 3 was acylated through reaction with the appropriate acid chloride 4.1to obtain the racemic final target structure represented by the general Formula 4.
  • the chiral final compounds were subsequently obtained by purification using preparative chiral HPLC.
  • Step 1 Synthesis of ie/t-butyl 2-methyl-3-oxopiperazine-l-carboxylate 1.2b NEt 3 (20 mL, 145 mmol) was added to a solution of 3-methylpiperazin-2-one 1.1b (15 g, 131 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (200 mL) under N 2 at RT. After 10 min stirring, the reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and Boc 2 0 (33 g, 151 mmol).
  • Step 2 Synthesis of iert-butyl 3-ethoxy-2-methyl-5,6-dihydropyrazine-l(2H)- carboxylate lb
  • Method B is illustrated by the synthesis of intermediates lc and Id wherein Rl and the protecting group is DMB and PMB respectively. Synthesis of l-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-5-ethoxy-6-methyl-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyrazine lc
  • Step 1 Synthesis 4-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-3-methylpiperazin-2-one 1.2c
  • 3-methylpiperazin-2-one (10 g, 88 mmol)
  • 2,4-dimethoxybenzaldehyde (16 g, 96 mmol)
  • acetic acid 6.5 ml, 114 mmol
  • sodium triacetoxyborohydride (22.3 g, 105 mmol)
  • commercial anhydrous acetonitrile 750 mL
  • the reaction was stirred at RT overnight.
  • the reaction mixture was quenched carefully at 0 °C with saturated NaHC0 3 solution (100 mL) until no more bubbling was observed.
  • Step 2 l-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-5-ethoxy-6-methyl- l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyrazine lc
  • Oven-dried (115°C) sodium carbonate (18.6 g, 98 mmol, 2.25 eq.) was placed in a 500 mL round-bottom flask. The round-bottom flask was backfilled with Ar and then capped with a rubber septum. A solution of 4-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-3- methylpiperazin-2-one 1.2c (20.6 g, 78 mmol, 1 eq.) in anhydrous DCM (250 mL) was added, followed by triethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (18.6g, 98 mmol, 1.25 eq.) in one portion.
  • reaction mixture was stirred further at RT for 1 h whereupon the reaction mixture was diluted with water (250 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3 x 150 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over MgS0 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was then purified on silica gel (EtOAc) to afford the desired product leas orange oil. Yield: 13.2 g, 58 %.
  • Method C is the procedure used for the synthesis of the acyl hydrazides2and is detailed below:
  • Method C is illustrated by the synthesis of intermediate 2a, 2k and 2r.
  • 1.2 to 20 equivalents of hydrazine hydrate was used to carry out this reaction using a temperature range from RT to reflux.
  • hydrazide 2 was recrystallized and/or precipitated.
  • intermediate 2b 2-trifluoromethylthiazole-4-carbohydrazide, methyl ester precursor was previously synthesized using conventional esterification method (such as TMS-Cl in methanol) from commercially available acid;
  • intermediate 2h 2,5-dimethylthiazole-4-carbohydrazide, methyl ester precursor was previously synthesized using conventional esterification method (such as TMS-Cl in methanol) from commercially available acid; intermediate 2i: tert-butyl (4-(hydrazinecarbonyl)thiazol-2-yl)carbamate, ethyl 2-((tert- butoxycarbonyl)amino)thiazole-4-carboxylate precursor was previously Boc-protected using conventional method.
  • hydrazide 2 was recrystallized and/or precipitated.
  • the following intermediates were also prepared from the ad hoc carboxylic acids or carboxylic acid ethyl ester using General Method C: intermediate 2s: 6-hydroxypicolinohydrazide,
  • Method D is the procedure used for the synthesis of the triazolopiperazine 3 and is detailed below:
  • Method D is illustrated by the synthesis of intermediates 3a, 3f and 3g wherein the protecting group is Boc. Synthesis of 2-methyl-4-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazole hydrochloride 3a.
  • intermediate 3b 4-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-2- (trifluoromethyl)thiazole hydrochloride, from intermediates la and 2b;
  • intermediate 3c 4-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-2- vinylthiazole, from intermediates la and 2d then the Boc aminoethyl derivative obtained 3.1cwas deprotected in acidic conditions (as step 2 above using only 2 eq of HCl in dioxane) followed by dimethylamine elimination (using 10 eq of NaH and Mel at RT), then vinyl derivative 3.1cobtained was subjected to step 2 above to afford 3c; intermediate 3d: 4-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-2- isopropyloxazole hydrochloride, from intermediates la and 2f;
  • intermediate 3e 2-i5Opropyl-4-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3- yl)thiazole hydrochloride, from intermediates la and 2j. Synthesis of 4-methyl-2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazole 3f
  • Step 1 Synthesis of iert-butyl 3-(4-methylthiazol-2-yl)-5,6-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazine-7(8H)-carboxylate 3.1f
  • Step 1 Synthesis of ie/t-butyl 8-methyl-3-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)-5,6-dihydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine-7(8H)-carboxylate3.1g
  • Step 2 Synthesis of 8-methyl-3-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine3gdihydrochloride salt
  • intermediate 3h 6-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3- yl)pyridin-2-ol hydrochloride salt, from intermediates lcand 2s;
  • intermediate 3i 3-(6-bromopyridin-2-yl)-8-methyl-5, 6,7, 8-tetrahydro-[ 1,2,4] triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine dihydrochloride salt, from intermediates lband 2t.
  • Method E is the procedure used for the synthesis of the triazolopiperazine 3 and is detailed below:
  • Step 1 Synthesis of4-(7-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-2-ethylthiazole3.1j
  • alternative work-up equally used involved treatment of the dried residue obtained above with 4 M HCl/dioxane (20 eq.) at RT under stirring. After 5 min, Et 2 0 was added to help precipitation. This precipitate was filtered off under vacuum, washed with Et 2 0 and dried under high vacuum to furnish 3j.
  • intermediate 3k 4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-2- vinylthiazole from intermediates lcand 2d; the Boc aminoethyl derivative 3.1kisolated after condensation was first Boc-deprotected (8 eq of HCl/dioxane). Following dimethylamine elimination (using 10 eq of NaH and Mel at RT), the vinyl moiety obtained was then DMB-deprotected as in step 2 above to furnish 3k;
  • intermediate 31 2-methyl-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin- 3-yl)oxazole, from intermediates lcand 2e;
  • intermediate 3n 2-cyclopropyl-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)oxazole, from intermediates lcand 2g;
  • intermediate 3p 4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3- yl)thiazol-2-amine, from intermediates lcand 2g.
  • Step 2 Synthesis of 4,5-dimethyl-2-(8-methyl-5,6, 7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazole 3c.
  • intermediate 3r 3-methyl-5-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin- 3-yl)-l,2,4-oxadiazole hydrochloride, from intermediates lc and 2m;
  • intermediate 3s 3-methyl-5-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin- 3-yl)-l,2,4-thiadiazole hydrochloride, from intermediates lc and 2n;
  • intermediate 3t 4-methyl-2-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin- 3-yl)oxazole hydrochloride, from intermediates lc and 2o;
  • intermediate 3u 3-isopropyl-5-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)-l,2,4-thiadiazole hydrochloride, from intermediates lc and 2p.
  • Method F Cvclodehvdration and acvdolysis - PMB protection Method F is the procedure used for the synthesis of the triazolopiperazine 3 and is detailed below:
  • Step 1 Synthesis of 2-(7-(4-methoxybenzyl)-8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-4-methylthiazole 3.1v.
  • Step 2 Synthesis of 4-methyl-2-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazole 3v.
  • Anhydrous DCM 2.5 mL was added at RT to 2-(7-(4-methoxybenzyl)-8-methyl- 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-4-methylthiazole 3.1v (443 mg, 1.246 mmol, 1 eq.).
  • TFA 2.5 mL, 33.5 mmol, 27 eq.
  • Step 4 Acylation leading to final products
  • Method G Acylation and chiral HPLC purification
  • Method G is the procedure used for the synthesis of the racemic product 4 and its purification to obtain final compounds n°X of general Formula I. Method G is detailed below:
  • Method G is illustrated by the synthesis of compounds n°5, 19, 29 and 33of general Formula I.
  • 4d was prepared from 3i and 4.1a according to General Method G.
  • Step 2 Synthesis of6-(8-methyl-7-(4-(thiophen-2-yl)benzoyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)picolinonitrile4e
  • the DMB deprotection step (from F to II) was carried out using TFA in DCM.
  • the DMB group deprotection step (from F to II) is carried out using TFA in DCM at RT, followed by either TFA salt exchange with HCl or extraction at high pH recovering free piperazine II.
  • General Method I is the procedure used for the synthesis of (R)-l-(2,4- dimethoxybenzyl)-5-ethoxy-6-methyl- l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyrazine (R)-D (cf. Scheme 30) as detailed below.
  • Oven dried (115°C) sodium carbonate (2.48 g, 23.40 mmol, 2.25 eq.) was placed in a round-bottom flask. The round-bottom flask was backfilled with Ar and then capped with a rubber septum.
  • General Method K is the general procedure used for the synthesis of chiral triazolopiperazine intermediates F (cf. scheme 30) and is detailed below in scheme32 with the synthesis of (R)-4-(7-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-2-methylthiazole(/i)-F.a.
  • General Method E is the general procedure used for the synthesis of compounds of Formula II salts (cf. compounds II in scheme 30) and is detailed below in scheme 33 with the synthesis of compound n°II-l: (R)-8-methyl-3-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)-5,6,7,8- tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-7-ium chloride(R)-II-l.
  • Compoundf/ij-I-l was characterized by single crystal X-ray spectroscopy thus establishing the configuration of the more active enantiomer as being the (R)- configuration (see Figure 1).
  • a suitable crystal was chosen under a microscope, mounted in a nylon loop and aligned on the goniometer prior to the x-ray experiment. A total of 174 images corresponding to a 2.0° phi rotation were collected at room temperature.
  • CompoundfSj-I-l was characterized by single crystal X-ray spectroscopy thus establishing the configuration of the more active enantiomer as being the (R)- configuration (see Figure 2).
  • a suitable crystal was chosen under a microscope, mounted in a nylon loop and aligned on the goniometer prior to the x-ray experiment. A total of 174 images corresponding to a 2.5° phi rotation were collected at room temperature.
  • Changes in intracellular calcium levels are a recognized indicator of G protein-coupled receptor activity.
  • the efficacy of compounds of the invention to inhibit NKA-mediated NK-3 receptor activation was assessed by an in vitro Aequorin functional assay.
  • Chinese Hamster Ovary recombinant cells expressing the human NK3 receptor and a construct that encodes the photoprotein apoaequorin were used for this assay.
  • apoaequorin emits a measurable luminescence that is proportional to the amount of intracellular (cytoplasmic) free calcium.
  • the antagonist activity of compounds of the invention is measured following preincubation (3 minutes) of the compound with the cells, followed by addition of the reference agonist (NKA) at a final concentration equivalent to the ECgo (3 nM) and recording of emitted light (FDSS 6000 Hamamatsu) over the subsequent 90-second period. The intensity of the emitted light is integrated using the reader software. Compound antagonist activity is measured based on the inhibition of the luminescence response to the addition of Neurokinin A.
  • the affinity of compounds of the invention for the human NK-3 receptor was determined by measuring the ability of compounds of the invention to competitively and reversibly displace a well-characterized NK3 radioligand. H-SB222200 binding competition assay with human NK-3 receptor
  • NK-3 receptor selective antagonist H-SB222200 The ability of compounds of the invention to inhibit the binding of the NK-3 receptor selective antagonist H-SB222200 was assessed by an in vitro radioligand binding assay.
  • Membranes were prepared from Chinese hamster ovary recombinant cells stably expressing the human NK3 receptor. The membranes were incubated with 5nM H- SB222200(ARC) in a HEPES 25mM/ NaCl 0.1M/CaCl 2 lmM/MgCl 2 5Mm/ BSA 0.5%/ Saponin 10 ⁇ g/ml buffer at pH 7.4 and various concentrations of compounds of the invention.
  • Table 6 shows biological results obtained using the H-SB222200 binding competition assay with compounds of the invention. These results indicate that compounds of the invention display potent affinity for the human NK-3 receptor. TABLE 6
  • the affinity of compounds of the invention for the NKl receptor was evaluated in CHO recombinant cells which express the human NKl receptor. Membrane suspensions were prepared from these cells. The following radioligand: [ H] substance P (PerkinElmer Cat#NETl 11520) was used in this assay. Binding assays were performed in a 50 mM Tris / 5 mM MnC12 / 150 mM NaCl / 0.1% BSA at pH 7.4.
  • Binding assays consisted of 25 ⁇ of membrane suspension (approximately 5 ⁇ g of protein/well in a 96 well plate), 50 ⁇ of compound or reference ligand (Substance P) at increasing concentrations (diluted in assay buffer) and 2nM [ H] substance P.
  • the plate was incubated 60 min at 25 °C in a water bath and then filtered over GF/C filters (Perkin Elmer, 6005174, presoaked in 0.5% PEI for 2h at room temperature) with a Filtration unit (Perkin Elmer). The radioactivity retained on the filters was measured by using the TopCount- NXT reader (Packard).
  • Ki ICso/(l+[L]/K D ) where [L] is the concentration of free radioligand and K D is its dissociation constant at the receptor, derived from saturation binding experiments (Cheng and Prusoff, 1973).
  • Binding assays were performed in a 25 mM HEPES / 1 mM CaC12 / 5 mM MgC12/ 0.5% BSA / ⁇ ⁇ saponin, at pH 7.4. Binding assays consisted of 25 ⁇ of membrane suspension (approximately 3.75 ⁇ g of protein/well in a 96 well plate), 50 ⁇ of compound or reference ligand (Neurokinin A)
  • Ki IC 5 o/(l+[L]/K D ) where [L] is the concentration of free radioligand and K D is its dissociation constant at the receptor, derived from saturation binding experiments (Cheng and Prusoff, 1973).
  • the compounds of the invention which were tested in the above NK- 1 and NK-2 described assays, demonstrated a low affinity at the human NK-1 and human NK-2 receptors: more than200 fold shift of the Ki compared to the human NK-3 receptor (table 7).
  • compounds according to the invention have been shown to be selective over NK1 and NK2 receptors.
  • the human Ether-a-go-go Related Gene encodes the inward rectifying voltage gated potassium channel in the heart ( ⁇ ⁇ ) which is involved in cardiac repolarisation.
  • ⁇ ⁇ current inhibition has been shown to elongate the cardiac action potential, a phenomenon associated with increased risk of arrhythmia.
  • ⁇ ⁇ current inhibition accounts for the vast majority of known cases of drug-induced QT-prolongation. A number of drugs have been withdrawn from late stage clinical trials due to these cardiotoxic effects, therefore it is important to identify inhibitors early in drug discovery.
  • the hERG inhibition study aims at quantifying the in vitro effects of compounds of the invention on the potassium- selective IK r current generated in normoxic conditions in stably transfected HEK 293 cells with the human ether-a-go-go-related gene (hERG).
  • the pulses protocol applied is described as follow: the holding potential (every 3 seconds) was stepped from -80 mV to a maximum value of +40 mV, starting with -40 mV, in eight increments of +10 mV, for a period of 1 second. The membrane potential was then returned to -55 mV, after each of these incremented steps, for 1 second and finally repolarized to -80 mV for 1 second.
  • a castrated rat model is used to provide a broad index for measurement of LH inhibition as a marker of test compound inhibition of the GnRH signaling pathway.
  • Gonad-intact adult male to assess the effect of compounds of the invention on circulating levels of testosterone.
  • Plasma samples were collected and stored in a -80°C freezer until assayed. Plasma testosterone levels were determined using a radioimmunoassay kit (Immunotech).

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
  • Psychology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Pregnancy & Childbirth (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Otolaryngology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to novel compounds of Formula I and their use in therapeutic treatments. The invention further relates to a novel chiral synthesis of 5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines using N-sp3 protective groups. The invention also provides intermediates for use in the synthesis of compounds of Formula I.

Description

NOVEL CHIRAL N-ACYL-5,6,7,(8-SUBSTITUTED)-TETRAHYDRO- [l,2,4]TRIAZOLO[4,3-a]PYRAZINES AS SELECTIVE NK-3 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, METHODS FOR USE IN NK-3 RECEPTOR MEDIATED DISORDERS AND CHIRAL SYNTHESIS
THEREOF
FIELD OF INVENTION
The present invention relates to novel N-acyl-5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazinesincluding their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates that are selective antagonists to neurokinin-3 receptor (NK-3) and are useful as therapeutic compounds, particularly in the treatment and/or prevention of a broad array of CNS and peripheral diseases or disorders.
The present invention also relates to a novel chiral synthesis of 5,6,7,(8-substituted)- tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine intermediates for use in the synthesis of pharmaceutical active ingredients, such as selective antagonists to the neurokinin 3 receptor (NK-3), especially the N-acyl-5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazinesof the invention. The invention also pertains to novel stereoisomerically pure 5,6,7, (8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine intermediates obtained by the chiral synthesis of the invention as well as to novel intermediates of this synthesis.
BACKGROUND OF INVENTION
Tachykinin receptors are the targets of a family of structurally related peptides which include substance P (SP), neurokinin A (NKA) and neurokinin B (NKB), named collectively "tachykinins". Tachykinins are synthesized in the central nervous system (CNS) and peripheral tissues, where they exert a variety of biological activities. Three tachykinin receptors are known which are named neurokinin- 1 (NK-1), neurokinin-2 (NK-2) and neurokinin-3 (NK-3) receptors. Tachykinin receptors belong to the rhodopsin-like seven membrane G-protein coupled receptors. SP has the highest affinity and is believed to be the endogenous ligand of NK-1, NKA for NK-2 receptor and NKB for NK-3 receptor, although cross -reactivity amongst these ligands does exist. The NK- 1, NK-2 and NK-3 receptors have been identified in different species. NK-1 and NK-2 receptors are expressed in a wide variety of peripheral tissues and NK-1 receptors are also expressed in the CNS; whereas NK-3 receptors are primarily expressed in the CNS.
The neurokinin receptors mediate a variety of tachykinin- stimulated biological effects that include transmission of excitatory neuronal signals in the CNS and periphery (e.g. pain), modulation of smooth muscle contractile activity, modulation of immune and inflammatory responses, induction of hypotensive effects via dilatation of the peripheral vasculature and stimulation of endocrine and exocrine gland secretions.
In the CNS, the NK-3 receptor is expressed in regions including the medial prefrontal cortex, the hippocampus, the thalamus and the amygdala. Moreover, NK-3 receptors are expressed on dopaminergic neurons. Activation of NK-3 receptors has been shown to modulate dopamine, acetylcholine and serotonin release suggesting a therapeutic utility for NK-3 receptor modulators for the treatment of a variety of disorders including psychotic disorders, anxiety, depression, schizophrenia as well as obesity, pain or inflammation (Exp. Opinion Ther. Patents (2000), 10(6), 939-960; Current Opinion in Investigational Drugs, 2001, 2(7), 950-956 and Current Pharmaceutical Design, 2010, 16, 344-357).
Schizophrenia is classified into subgroups. The paranoid type is characterized by delusions and hallucinations and absence of thought disorder, disorganized behavior, and affective flattening. In the disorganized type, which is also named 'hebephrenic schizophrenia' in the International Classification of Diseases (ICD), thought disorder and flat affect are present together. In the catatonic type, prominent psychomotor disturbances are evident, and symptoms may include catatonic stupor and waxy flexibility. In the undifferentiated type, psychotic symptoms are present but the criteria for paranoid, disorganized, or catatonic types have not been met. The symptoms of schizophrenia normally manifest themselves in three broad categories, i.e. positive, negative and cognitive symptoms. Positive symptoms are those, which represent an "excess" of normal experiences, such as hallucinations and delusions. Negative symptoms are those where the patient suffers from a lack of normal experiences, such as anhedonia and lack of social interaction. The cognitive symptoms relate to cognitive impairment in schizophrenics, such as a lack of sustained attention and deficits in decision making. The current antipsychotic drugs (APDs) are fairly successful in treating the positive symptoms but fare less well for the negative and cognitive symptoms. Contrary to that, NK3 antagonists have been shown clinically to improve on both positive and negative symptoms in schizophrenics (Meltzer et al, Am. J. Psychiatry, 161, 975-984, 2004) and ameliorate cognitive behavior of schizophrenics (Curr. Opion. Invest. Drug, 6, 717-721, 2005). In rat, morphological studies provide evidence for putative interactions between NKB neurons and the hypothalamic reproductive axis (Krajewski et al, J. Comp. Neurol., 489(3), 372-386, 2005). In arcuate nucleus neurons, NKB expression co-localizes with estrogen receptor a and dynorphin, implicated in progesterone feedback to Gonadotropin Releasing Hormone (GnRH) secretion (Burke et al., J. Comp. Neurol., 498(5), 712-726, 2006; Goodman et al., Endocrinology, 145, 2959-2967, 2004). Moreover, NK-3 receptor is highly expressed in the hypothalamic arcuate nucleus in neurons which are involved in the regulation of GnRH release.
WO 00/43008 discloses a method of suppressing gonadotropin and/or androgen production with specific NK-3 receptor antagonists. More particularly, the WO 00/43008 application relates to lowering luteinizing hormone (LH) blood level by administering an NK-3 receptor antagonist. Concurrently or alternatively with gonadotropin suppression, WO 00/43008 also relates to suppression of androgen production with NK-3 receptor antagonists. Recently it has been postulated that NKB acts autosynaptically on kisspeptin neurons in the arcuate nucleus to synchronize and shape the pulsatile secretion of kisspeptin and drive the release of GnRH from fibers in the median eminence (Navarro et al., J. of Neuroscience, 23, 2009 - ppl 1859-11866). All these observations suggest a therapeutic utility for NK-3 receptor modulators for sex hormone-dependent diseases. Non-peptide ligands have been developed for each of the tachykinin receptors. Some of them have been described as dual modulators able to modulate both NK-2 and NK-3 receptors (WO 06/120478). However, known non-peptide NK-3 receptor antagonists suffer from a number of drawbacks, notably poor safety profile and limited CNS penetrability that may limit the success of these compounds in clinical development. On this basis, new potent and selective antagonists of NK-3 receptor may be of therapeutic value for the preparation of drugs useful in the treatment and/or prevention of CNS and peripheral diseases or disorders in which NKB and the NK-3 receptors are involved.
Antagonists to neurokinin-3 receptor (NK-3)
The invention thus encompasses compounds of general Formula I, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates as well as methods of use of such compounds or compositions comprising such compounds as antagonists to the NK-3 receptor. Compounds of Formula I are/V-acyl-5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines. The compounds of the invention are generally disclosed in international patent application PCT/EP2011/055218 but none is specifically exemplified therein.
In a general aspect, the invention provides compounds of general Formula I:
Figure imgf000007_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein
Ar1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl, unsubstituted phenyl, or 4-fluorophi
R1 is H or methyl;
Ar is of general Formula (i), (ii) or (iii):
Figure imgf000007_0002
(i) (ii) (iii)
wherein
2
R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl or di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino;
X1 is N or C-R6 wherein R6 is H, fluoro or C1-C2 alkyl;
X2 is O or S;
X3 is N, or X3 is CH under the condition that X1 is N and X2 is N-R7 wherein R7 is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl or cyclopropyl;
R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl or C3-C4 cycloalkyl;
X4 is N or C-R8 wherein R8 is H or C1-C2 alkyl;
X5 is O or S; X6 is N, or X6 is CH under the condition that X4 is N and X5 is N-R9 wherein R9 is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl or cyclopropyl;
R4 is halo, cyano, methyl, or hydroxyl;
R5 is H or halo; with the condition that when Ar is of Formula (iii), then R is methyl; and the compound of Formula I is not
(3-(2-isobutylthiazol-4-yl)-5,6-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-7(8H)-yl)(4- (thiophen-2- yl)phenyl)methanone ;
[l,r-biphenyl]-4-yl(8-methyl-3-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)-5,6-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-7(8H)-yl)methanone;
(8-methyl-3-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)-5,6-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-7(8H)- yl)(4-(thiophen-2-yl)phenyl)methanone.
In another aspect, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound according to the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof.
The invention also relates to the use of the above compounds or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates as modulators of NK-3 receptors, preferably as antagonists of NK-3 receptors.
The invention further provides methods of treatment and/or prevention of depression, anxiety, pyschosis, schizophrenia, psychotic disorders, bipolar disorders, cognitive disorders, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), pain, convulsion, obesity, inflammatory diseases including irritable bowel syndrome and inflammatory bowel disorders, emesis, pre-eclampsia, airway related diseases including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, airway hyperresponsiveness, bronchoconstriction and cough, reproduction disorders, contraception and sex hormone-dependent diseases including but not limited to benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), prostatic hyperplasia, metastatic prostatic carninoma, testicular cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, androgen dependent acne, male pattern baldness, endometriosis, abnormal puberty, uterine fibrosis, uterine fibroid tumor, hormone-dependent cancers, hyperandrogenism, hirsutism, virilization, polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), premenstrual dysphoric disease (PMDD), HAIR-AN syndrome (hyperandrogenism, insulin resistance and acanthosis nigricans), ovarian hyperthecosis (HAIR-AN with hyperplasia of luteinized theca cells in ovarian stroma), other manifestations of high intraovarian androgen concentrations (e.g. follicular maturation arrest, atresia, anovulation, dysmenorrhea, dysfunctional uterine bleeding, infertility), androgen-producing tumor (virilizing ovarian or adrenal tumor), menorrhagia and adenomyosis comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate of Formula I, to a patient in need thereof. Preferably the patient is a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a human. The invention further provides methods of treatment for gynecological disorders and infertility. In particular, the invention provides methods to suppress the LH-surge in assisted conception comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate of Formula I, to a patient in need thereof. Preferably the patient is a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a woman.
The invention further provides methods to affect androgen production to cause male castration and to inhibit the sex drive in male sexual offenders comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate of Formula I, to a patient in need thereof. Preferably the patient is a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a man.
The invention also provides the use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof as a medicament. Preferably, the medicament is used for the treatment and/or prevention of depression, anxiety, pyschosis, schizophrenia, psychotic disorders, bipolar disorders, cognitive disorders, Parkinson' s disease, Alzheimer' s disease, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), pain, convulsion, obesity, inflammatory diseases including irritable bowel syndrome and inflammatory bowel disorders, emesis, pre-eclampsia, airway related diseases including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, airway hyperresponsiveness, bronchoconstriction and cough, reproduction disorders, contraception and sex hormone- dependent diseases including but not limited to benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), prostatic hyperplasia, metastatic prostatic carninoma, testicular cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, androgen dependent acne, male pattern baldness, endometriosis, abnormal puberty, uterine fibrosis, uterine fibroid tumor, hormone-dependent cancers, hyperandrogenism, hirsutism, virilization, polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), premenstrual dysphoric disease (PMDD), HAIR-AN syndrome (hyperandrogenism, insulin resistance and acanthosis nigricans), ovarian hyperthecosis (HAIR-AN with hyperplasia of luteinized theca cells in ovarian stroma), other manifestations of high intraovarian androgen concentrations (e.g. follicular maturation arrest, atresia, anovulation, dysmenorrhea, dysfunctional uterine bleeding, infertility), androgen- producing tumor (virilizing ovarian or adrenal tumor), menorrhagia and adenomyosis. The medicament may also be used for the treatment of gynecologic disorders, infertility and to affect androgen production to cause male castration.
Chiral synthesis of 5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine compounds
The N-acyl-5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazineof general Formula I of the invention can be prepared by different ways with reactions known to a person skilled in the art.
The Applicant further proposes therein a new chiral synthesis for the compounds of the invention and especially for (R)-8-substituted-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazineintermediates that may be converted into compounds of Formula I by N- acvlation.
Different synthetic approaches that are of general relevance to the synthesis of (R)-8- methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine are known in the literature. The below examples and experimental conditions of relevant approaches provided are illustrative only.
In Method A(i) (see Scheme A), the [l,2,4]triazolopyrazine core IIIa(i) is formed by acetylation of 2-hydrazidopyrazine (step 1) followed by a cyclodehydration reaction (step 2), using procedures familiar to those skilled in the art. This methodology was initially developed by Nelson and Potts (J. Org. Chem. 1962, 27, 3243-3248). Subsequent reduction of the pyrazine ring with H2/Pd affords the [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]piperazine (step 3). This method is well described in the literature and has been used, for example, in the Merck synthesis of Sitagliptin (Hansen, K. B. et al. Org. Process Res. Dev. 2005, 9, 634-639 and references therein). However, i) perusal of the existing literature indicates that this procedure is generally used with substrates wherein R1 = H (i.e. non-chiral analogs, cf. Scheme A), and ii) that the application of this method to prepare chiral [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]piperazine variant of general Formula IVa(i) (in Method A(i)) has not been disclosed. The dearth of examples of pyrazine substrates wherein R1≠ H in this methodology may be due to the difficulty of pyrazine reduction step; noteworthy in this regard is the fact that in the optimized process scale-up procedure reported by Hansen et al., the pyrazine (R1 = H) reduction (step 3, Scheme A) proceeded in merely 51% yield. In addition to the issue of chemical yield, access to chiral substrates through reduction of [l,2,4]triazolopyrazine substrates wherein R1≠ H would require the additional challenge of efficient asymmetric hydrogenation conditions (in terms of both yield and chiral purity); this is currently not a known procedure to the best of Applicant's knowledge. Thus application of Method A(i) for chiral synthesis of [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]piperazine structures is hitherto unknown.
Figure imgf000012_0001
la(i) lla(i) llla(i) IVa(i)
Scheme A: Method A(i)
Method A(ii) (cf. Scheme B) is a variation on Method A(i) whereby the reduction of R1 ≠ H substituted [l,2,4]triazolopyrazine substrates is circumvented. This method has been reported by the Merck group in their studies related to Sitagliptin (see, for example, Kowalchick, J. E. et al.Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2007, 17, 5934-5939), wherein Boc-protected intermediates depicted by general Formula IVa(ii) are deprotonated with a strong base, such as w-butyllithium, in the presence of tetramethylethylenediamine (TMEDA), followed by treatment of the thus generated anion with an electrophile such as an alkyl halide (step 4, Scheme B). The chiral variant of this methodology has not been reported in the literature.
Figure imgf000012_0002
la(ii) lla(ii) llla(ii)
Figure imgf000012_0003
IVa(ii) Va(ii)
Scheme B: Method A(ii) Inspired by the earlier work by Makino and Kato (JPO 16128261(A), 1994), yet another alternative approach to the synthesis of [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]piperazines was developed using chloromethyloxadiazoles as a key reagent (Balsells, J. et al. Org. Lett. 2005, 7, 1039-1042). This methodology (Method B) is depicted in Scheme C below. As reported by Balsells et al., however, this approach proceeds in high yield mainly when the strong electron- withdrawing R2 = CF3 group is present in the chloromethyloxadiazole reagent. In addition, the mechanism suggested by the said authors would render application of this strategy unlikely, if not impossible, for a chiral synthesis of IVb intermediates (cf. Scheme C). Indeed, in the current literature only racemic or achiral products are described using such an approach. Thus, application of Method B towards preparation of chiral [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]piperazine structures has never been disclosed.
Figure imgf000013_0001
Scheme C: Method B
Another well-known method for the preparation of [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]piperazine containing structures is shown in Scheme D below (Method C). Addition of acetylhydrazide to piperazinoimidate (step 1) is followed by cyclodehydration to form the fused triazolo ring (step 2). This method is well documented in the literature although exemplified only through racemic or achiral structures; e.g.: McCort, G. A.; Pascal, J. C. Tetrahedron Lett., 1992, 33, 4443-4446; Brockunier, L. L. et al.WO 03/082817 A2; Chu-Moyer, M. Y. et al. US 6,414,149 Bl; Banka, A. et al. WO2009/089462 Al. To the best of his knowledge, the Applicant is unaware of any published reports of the application of this method for obtaining chiral products by starting from chiral piperazinones (Id in Scheme D).
Figure imgf000014_0001
Id lid Mid IVd Vd
The symbol * denotes a well-defined configuration at the carbon center next to which the said symbol is placed, i.e. the carbon atom to which the R1 group is attached in the this Scheme.
Scheme D: Method C
A synthesis of (R)-8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine compounds through general Method C has been previously described in international patent application PCT/EP2011/055218 which is in the name of the Applicant. The preparation disclosed therein is depicted in Scheme E:
Figure imgf000014_0002
commercially
available
Figure imgf000014_0003
llle IVe Ve Vie Vile
OR
EtOH, microwave (sealed tube)
NB: Steps 2 and 3 are particularly prone to racemization despite the graphic depiction of chiral products for each of these steps in the above Scheme. Thus, obtaining intermediates/products in high chiral purity (>80% ee) is feasible but not in a reproducible fashion. Scheme E: Synthesis of (R)-8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine intermediates according to PCT/EP2011/055218.
Boc-protected ketopiperazine He was prepared and then converted to iminoether Hie by using the Meerwein reagent (e.g. Et3OBF4). Cyclodehydration reaction between the acyl hydrazide IVe and the iminoether aforementioned was conducted either under forcing thermal reflux conditions, or by applying excessive microwave irradiation in a sealed tube typically for rather protracted reaction times (often days). When using microwave irradiation, N-Boc deprotection occurred during the said cyclodehydration step; thus, a deprotection step was typically not necessary to conduct (i.e., Hie +IVe→ VIein Scheme E). However, when thermal cyclodehydration conditions were applied, Boc- deprotection step was required (i.e., Hie +IVe→ Ve→ Vie).
As noted in Scheme E above, steps 2 and 3 have shortcomings that significantly limit the application of the said procedure for uses wherein generation of chiral intermediates or products are required in a reproducible fashion, as with the preparation of pharmaceutically active ingredient, for instance. Step 1 is the piperazinoimidate formation (i.e., He→ Hie) and step 2 is the cyclodehydration step between the said imidate and acetylhydrazide(i.e., Hie + IVe→ Ve).
An important disadvantage of the Scheme E procedure is that racemization of the stereogenic carbon center occurred frequently in steps 2-3. Consequently, the said procedure furnished final products that were only infrequently of acceptable chiral purity; in fact, much more frequently, the Scheme E procedure produced final products represented by the general Formula Vile, which correspond to compounds of Formula I of the present invention, in what is considered essentially racemic by those skilled in the art. As such, the said method cannot be used in practice to prepare a pharmaceutically active ingredient as this method does not reliably furnish chiral intermediates (Hie, Ve, Vie; Scheme E) and thus cannot be reliably used for obtaining chiral products represented by the general Formula Vile, which correspond to compounds of Formula I of the present invention. Another disadvantage of the Scheme E procedure is the excessively protracted reaction time required for the cyclodehydration step (Scheme E, Hie + IVe→ Ve). Up to several days (under forcing reaction conditions - see below) were always required with substrates represented by the general Formula lid (Scheme D) wherein R ^ H, i.e. the more sterically congested analogs, unlike the case with achiral substrates represented by the general Formula lid (Scheme D) wherein R = H. Such significantly protracted reaction times (several days) are not practical for such cases as a cGMP scale-up synthesis required to prepare a pharmaceutically active ingredient for clinical studies.
As adumbrated in the above paragraph, in the Scheme E procedure, the cyclodehydration step required extremely forcing conditions. Thus, use of elevated temperatures at reflux (for protracted durations), or additionally with application of essentially maximally feasible (within margin of experimental safety) microwave irradiation (sealed vessel) were often required.
Applicant resorted to a racemic synthesis from racemic 5,6,7,(8-methyl)-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine followed by an additional chiral preparative HPLC purification step after forming the final product of interest depicted by the general Formula Vile in Scheme E. While feasible on small scale for the initial research and development phase, such an approach poses the problems of scalability in terms of time, cost and general applicability to such needs as cGMP scale-up of a pharmaceutically active ingredients, for instance.
Therefore, there is a need for improving the synthetic procedure for preparing stereoisomerically pure 5,6,7, (8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine intermediates for the synthesis of compounds of general Formula I of the present invention. The invention thus also relates to a process of preparing 5,6,7,(8-substituted)- tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine intermediates compounds of Formula II
Figure imgf000017_0001
II or salts or solvates thereof, wherein
R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl or C3-C4 cycloalkyl, each of said alkyl or cycloalkyl groups, groups being optionally substituted by one or more group(s) selected from halo or esters; and
Ar is a 5- to 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl group, each of the aryl, or heteroaryl groups being optionally substituted by one or more group(s) selected from halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, carbamoyl, alkylcarbamoyl, carbamoylalkyl, carbamoylamino, alkylcarbamoylamino, alkylsulfonyl, haloalkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, sulfamoyl, alkylsulfamoyl, alkylsulfonylamino, haloalkylsulfonylamino, fused to the aryl or heteroaryl group may be one or more cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl moiety, each of said substituents being optionally substituted by one or more further substituent(s) selected from halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy; said process comprising the following steps:
a) reacting a compound of Formula A
Figure imgf000017_0002
A
wherein R is as defined above; with a reagent resulting in a N-sp protective group (PG) on the amine nitrog compound of Formula A, to obtain a compound of Formula C
Figure imgf000018_0001
C; b) converting the compound of Formula C with a tri(Cl-C2 alkyl) oxonium salt so as to obtain a compound of Formula D
Figure imgf000018_0002
D whereinR1 and PG are as defined above, and R10 is C1-C2 alkyl, in the presence of a base; c) reacting the compound of Formula D with a compound of Formula E o
Ar2 ' NH NH2 or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein
Ar is defined as above with respect to Formula II; so as to obtain a compound of Formula F
Figure imgf000019_0001
wherein R , PG, and Ar are as defined above; and d) deprotecting the compound of Formula F with a suitable deprotection reagent to afford a compound of Formula II or a salt or solvate thereof.
The process of the invention provides compounds of Formula II or a salt or solvate thereof having good enantiomeric excess of up to 98% and possibly more in a reproducible fashion.
The process of the invention proceeds with the retention of stereochemistry with respect to the chiral (3-substituted)-piperazin-2-one starting material except to the extent that racemization occurs as a minor side-reaction; thus the configuration at position 8 of the ring is defined by the configuration of the aforesaid chiral starting material.
According to an advantageous embodiment, through the use of chiral 3-substituted- piperazin-2-one starting material, the process of the invention provides access to 5,6,7,((R)-8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine compounds by minimizing any intervening racemization during the process.
In another aspect, the invention provides compounds of Formula D
Figure imgf000020_0001
D wherein R is as defined above with respect to Formula II;
PG is a protective group wherein the amine nitrogen remains as tertiary amine (i.e. sp3 hybridized nitrogen), hereafter referred to as N-sp protective group; and
R10 is C1-C2 alkyl, preferably ethyl.
In still another aspect, the invention provides compounds of Formula III
Figure imgf000020_0002
III or salts or solvates thereof, wherein
R and Ar" are as defined above with respect to Formula II; and
11 3
R is H or a N-sp protective group, with the proviso that the compound of Formula III is not
- (R)-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-2- phenylthiazole hydrochloride,
(R)-8-methyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine dihydrochloride salt, (R)-2-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin- 3-yl)thiazole hydrochloride salt,
- (R)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin- 3-yl)thiazole hydrochloride salt,
- (lS,)-8-methyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[ l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine,
(lS,)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin- 3-yl)thiazole,
- (lS,)-4-(4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazol-2- yl)morpholine. DETAILED DESCRIPTION
COMPOUNDS
As noted above, the invention relates to compounds of Formula I, as well as their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates.
According to one embodiment, the invention provides compounds of general Formula
Figure imgf000021_0001
Γ and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein
Ar1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl, unsubstituted phenyl, or 4-fluorophenyl;
R1 is H or methyl;
R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl or di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino;
X1 is N or C-R6 wherein R6 is H, fluoro or C1-C2 alkyl;
X2 is O or S;
X 3 is N, or X 3 is CH under the condition that X 1 is N and X 2 is N-R 7 whereinR 7 is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl or cyclopropyl; with the condition that the compound of Formula Γ is not (3-(2-isobutylthiazol-4-yl)- 5,6-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-7(8H)-yl)(4-(thiophen-2- yl)phenyl)methanone.
Preferred compounds of Formula Γ and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof are those wherein Ar1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl or unsubstituted phenyl, preferably Ar1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl; and/or
R1 is H or methyl, preferably R1 is methyl; and/or
R is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, cyclopropyl or di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino, preferably R is methyl, ethyl, vinyl, iso-
2 propyl, iso-buty\,C 1 fluoroalkyl, cyclopropyl or dimethylamino, more preferably R is
2 methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, trifluoromethyl or cyclopropyl, still more preferably R is methyl, ethyl or isopropyl; even more preferably R is methyl and/or
XI is C-R6 wherein R6 is H or methyl, preferably X1 is CH; and/or
2 2
X is O or S, preferably X is S; and/or
X3 is N.
In one embodiment, preferred compounds of Formula Γ are those of Formula Γ 1
Figure imgf000023_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein Ar 1 , R1 , R2 , X 1 and X 2 are as defined above with respect to Formula Γ .
Preferred compounds of Formula Γ 1 and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof are those wherein
Ar1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl or unsubstituted phenyl, preferably Ar1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl; and/or
R1 is H or methyl, preferably R1 is methyl; and/or
R is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, cyclopropyl or di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino, preferably R is methyl, ethyl, vinyl, iso-
2 propyl, wo-butyl,Cl fluoroalkyl, cyclopropyl or dimethylamino, more preferably R is methyl, ethyl, wo-propyl, trifluoromethyl or cyclopropyl; still more preferably R is methyl, ethyl or wo-propyl; even more preferably R is methyl and/or
X1 is C-R6 wherein R6 is H or methyl, preferably X1 is CH; and/or
X2 is O or S, preferably X2 is S.
In one embodiment, preferred compounds of Formula Γ 1 are those of Formulae I'a and I'b:
Figure imgf000024_0001
I'a I'b and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein R2", X 1A and X 2" are as defined above in respect to Formula Γ .
Preferred compounds of Formulae I'a and I'b are those wherein
Ar1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl or unsubstituted phenyl, preferably Ar1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl; and/or
R is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, cyclopropyl or di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino, preferably R is methyl, ethyl, vinyl, iso- propyl, wo-butyl,Cl fluoroalkyl, cyclopropyl or dimethylamino, more preferably R is
2 methyl, ethyl, wo-propyl, trifluoromethyl or cyclopropyl, still more preferably R is methyl, ethyl or wo-propyl; even more preferably R is methyl and/or
X1 is C-R6 wherein R6 is H or methyl, preferably X1 is CH; and/or
X2 is O or S, preferably X2 is S.
In one embodiment, preferred compounds of Formula Γ 1 are those of Formulae I'c and I'd:
Figure imgf000025_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein R2", X 1A and X 2" are as defined above in respect to Formula Γ .
Preferred compounds of Formulae I'c and I'd are those wherein
R1 is H or methyl, preferably R1 is methyl; and/or
R is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, cyclopropyl or di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino, preferably R is methyl, ethyl, vinyl, iso- propyl, wo-butyl,Cl fluoroalkyl, cyclopropyl or dimethylamino, more preferably R is methyl, ethyl, wo-propyl, trifluoromethyl or cyclopropyl, still more preferably R is methyl, ethyl or wo-propyl; even more preferably R is methyl and/or
X1 is C-R6 wherein R6 is H or methyl, preferably X1 is CH; and/or
X2 is O or S, preferably X2 is S.
In one embodiment, preferred compounds of Formula Γ 1 are those of Formulae I'e and I'f:
Figure imgf000026_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein
Ar1, R1, R2 and R6 are as defined above in respect to Formula Γ .
Preferred compounds of Formulae I'e and I'f are those wherein
Ar1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl or unsubstituted phenyl, preferably Ar1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl; and/or
R1 is H or methyl, preferably R1 is methyl; and/or
R is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, cyclopropyl or di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino, preferably R is methyl, ethyl, vinyl, iso-
2 propyl, wo-butyl,Cl fluoroalkyl, cyclopropyl or dimethylamino, more preferably R is
2 methyl, ethyl, wo-propyl, trifluoromethyl or cyclopropyl, still more preferably R is methyl, ethyl or wo-propyl; even more preferably R is methyl and/or
R6 is H or methyl, preferably R6 is H.
Among the compounds of Formulae I'e and I'f, those of Formula I'f are preferred. Other preferred compounds of Formulae I'e and I'f are those of Formulae I'e-1, I'f-1, I'e-2 and I'f-2
Figure imgf000027_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein R1, R2 and R6 are as defined above in respect to Formula Γ . Preferred compounds of Formulae I'e-1, 1'f-1, 1'e-2 and I'f-2 are those wherein R1 is H or methyl, preferably R1 is methyl; and/or
R is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, cyclopropyl or di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino, preferably R is methyl, ethyl, vinyl, iso- propyl, iso-buty\,Cl fluoroalkyl, cyclopropyl or dimethylamino, more preferably R is
2 methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, trifluoromethyl or cyclopropyl, still more preferably R is methyl, ethyl or isopropyl; even more preferably R is methyl and/or
R6 is H or methyl, preferably R6 is H. Among the compounds of Formulae I'e-1, 1'f-1, 1'e-2 and I'f-2, those of Formulae I'f-1 and I'f-2 are preferred, those of Formula I'f-2 are further preferred.
Preferred compounds of Formula I'e-2 are those of Formula I'e-3
Figure imgf000028_0001
Fe-3 and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein
R 2 is as defined above in respect to Formula I'e-2, preferably R 2 is methyl, ethyl, iso- propyl, isobutyl, vinyl, cyclopropyl, trifluoromethyl or dimethylamino, more preferably
R 2 is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl, more preferably R 2 is methyl, ethyl or isopropyl, still more preferably R 2 is ethyl or isopropyl, even more preferably R 2 is isopropyl.
Preferred compounds of Formula I'f-2 are those of Formula I'f-3
Figure imgf000029_0001
I'f-3 and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein
R 2 is as defined above in respect to Formula I'e-2, preferably R 2 is methyl, ethyl, iso- propyl, wo-butyl, vinyl, cyclopropyl, trifluoromethyl or dimethylamino, more preferably R 2 is methyl, ethyl, wo-propyl, vinyl, cyclopropyl or dimethylamino more preferably R 2 is methyl, ethyl, wo-propyl, vinyl or dimethylamino, still more preferably R is methyl or ethyl, even more preferably R is methyl.
In one embodiment, compounds of Formula Γ 1 are those of Formulae I'g, I'h and I'i
Figure imgf000029_0002
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein R1 , R2" and R 7; are as defined above in respect to Formula Γ .
According to one embodiment, the invention provides compounds of general Formula I" :
Figure imgf000030_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein
Ar1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl, unsubstituted phenyl, or 4-fluorophenyl;
R1 is H or methyl;
R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl or C3-C4 cycloalkyl;
X4is N or C-R8 wherein R8 is H or C1-C2 alkyl;
X5is O or S;
X6is N, or X6is CH under the condition that X4is N and X5is N-R9whereinR9is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl or cyclopropyl.
Preferred compounds of Formula I" and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof are those wherein Ar1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl or unsubstituted phenyl, preferably Ar1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl; and/or
R1 is H or methyl, preferably R1 is methyl; and/or
R is methyl or wo-propyl, and/or
X4 is N or C-R8 wherein R8 is H or methyl, X5 is O or S and X6 is N, preferably X4 is N or C-R8 wherein R8 is H or methyl, X5 is S and X6 is N; and/or
X4 is N, X5 is N-R9 wherein R9 is methyl and X6 is CH.
In one embodiment, preferred compounds of Formula I" are those of Formulae I"a and I"b:
Figure imgf000031_0001
1 a 1 b and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein
Ar1, R3, X4, X5 and X6 are as defined above in respect to Formula Γ ' .
Among the compounds of Formulae I" a and I"b, those of Formula I"b are preferred.
In one embodiment, preferred compounds of Formula I" are those of Formulae I"c and I"d:
Figure imgf000032_0001
I"c I"d and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein
R1, R3, X4, X5 and X6 are as defined above in respect to Formula Γ ' .
Preferred compounds of Formulae Γ 'c and Γ 'd are those wherein R1 is H or methyl, preferably R1 is methyl; and/or
R is methyl or wo-propyl; and/or
X4 is N or C-R8 wherein R8 is H or methyl, X5 is O or S and X6 is N, preferably X4 is N or C-R8 wherein R8 is H or methyl, X5 is S and X6 is N; and/or
X4 is N, X5 is N-R9 wherein R9 is methyl and X6 is CH.
In one embodiment, preferred compounds of Formula I" are those of Formulae I"e, I"f, I"g, F 'h and I"i:
Figure imgf000033_0001
I"h I"i and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein R1 , R3 , R 8 and R 9 are as defined above in respect to Formula Γ ' .
Preferred compounds of Formulae I"e, I"f, I"g, I"h and I"i are those wherein
Ar1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl or unsubstituted phenyl, preferably Ar1 unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl; and/or
R1 is H or methyl, preferably R1 is methyl; and/or R is methyl or wo-propyl; and/or
R is H or methyl, preferably H; and/or
R9 is methyl.
Among the compounds of Formulae I"e, I"f, I"g, I"h and I"i, those of Formulae I"e, F 'f, I"g and I"h are preferred, in particular those of Formulae I"f and I"h are further preferred.
Other preferred compounds of Formulae I"e, I"f, I"g, I"h and I"i are those of Formulae I"e-1, 1"f-1, 1"g-1, 1"h-1, 1"i-1, 1"e-2, 1"f-2, 1"g-2, 1"h-2 and I"i-2
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000034_0002
Figure imgf000035_0001
T"h-2 Γ'ί-2 and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein
R 1 , R3 , R 8 and R 9 are as defined above in respect to Formula Γ ' .
Preferred compounds of Formulae I"e-1, I"f-1, I"g-1, 1"h-1, I"i-1, I"e-2, I"f-2, I"g- 2, 1"h-2 and Γ 'i-2 are those wherein
R1 is H or methyl, preferably R1 is methyl; and/or
R is methyl or wo-propyl; and/or
Q
R is H or methyl, preferably H; and/or R9 is methyl.
Among the compounds of Formulae I"e-1, I"f-1, I"g-1, I"h-1, I"i-1, I"e-2, I"f-2, I"g-2, I"h-2 and I"i-2, those of Formulae I"e-1, I"f-1, I"g-1, I"h-1, I"e-2, I"f-2, I"g-2 and I"h-2 are preferred, in particular those of Formulae I"f-1, I"h-1, I"f-2 and F 'h-2 are further preferred.
According to one embodiment, the invention provides compounds of general Formula
Figure imgf000036_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein
Ar1 is unsubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl, or 4-fluorophi
R4 is halo, cyano, methyl, or hydroxyl;
R5 is H or halo; with the condition that the compound of Formula F " is not
[l,r-biphenyl]-4-yl(8-methyl-3-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)-5,6-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-7(8H)-yl)methanone; (8-methyl-3-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)-5,6-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-7(8H)- yl)(4-(thiophen-2-yl)phenyl)methanone.
Preferred compounds of Formula Γ ' ' and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof are those wherein Ar1 is unsubstituted phenyl, or unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl more preferably Ar1 is unsubstituted phenyl; and/or
R4 is cyano, methyl or hydroxy, preferably R4 is cyano or methyl, more preferably R4 is methyl, and R5 is H; and/or
R4 is methyl and R5 is chloro.
In one embodiment, preferred compounds of Formula Γ" are those of Formulae Γ and I' "b:
Figure imgf000037_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein
R4 and R5 are as defined above in respect to Formula Γ " . Preferred compounds of Formulae I' "a and I' "b are those wherein
R4 is cyano, methyl or hydroxy, preferably R4 is cyano or methyl, more preferably R4 is methyl, and R5 is H; and/or
R4 is methyl and R5 is chloro. Particularly preferred compounds of Formula I of the invention are those listed in Table 1 hereafter:
TABLE 1 :
Cpd n° Structure Chemical name MW
1 s (R)-(8-methyl-3-(2- 421.53 methylthiazol-4-yl)-5,6- dihydro-[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-7(8H)-yl)(4-
(thiophen-2- yl)phenyl)methanone
2 (R)-[ 1 , r-biphenyl] -4-yl(8- 415.51 methyl-3-(2-methylthiazol-4- yl)-5,6-dihydro-
[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-
7(8H)-yl)methanone
3 (3-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)- 407.51
5,6-dihydro-
[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-
7(8H)-yl)(4-(thiophen-2- yl)phenyl)methanone 4 (4-(thiophen-2-yl)phenyl)(3- 461.48
(2-(trifluoromethyl)thiazol-4- yl)-5,6-dihydro-
[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-
7(8H)-yl)methanone
5 (R)-(3-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl)- 435.56
8-methyl-5,6-dihydro-
[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-
7(8H)-yl)(4-(thiophen-2- yl)phenyl)methanone
6 (R)-[U'-biphenyl]-4-yl(3-(2- 429.53 ethylthiazol-4-yl)-8-methyl-
5,6-dihydro-
[ 1 ,2,4] triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin- 7(8H)-yl)methanone
7 (R)-(8-methyl-3-(2- 433.54 vinylthiazol-4-yl)-5,6- di ydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-7(8H)-yl)(4-
) (thiophen-2- yl)phenyl)methanone
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000045_0001
1 (R)-(3-(6-hydroxypyridin-2- 417.48 yl)-8-methyl-5,6-dihydro-
[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-
7(8H)-yl)(4-(thiophen-2- yl)phenyl)methanone
2 (R)-[l,l'-biphenyl]-4-yl(3-(6- 411.45 hydroxypyridin-2-yl)-8- methyl-5,6-dihydro-
[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-
7(8H)-yl)methanone
Figure imgf000046_0001
3 (R)-6-(8-methyl-7-(4- 426.49
(thiophen-2-yl)benzoyl)- 5,6,7,8 -tetrahydro - [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-
=^
3-yl)picolinonitrile
In Table 1, the term "Cpd" means compound.
The compounds of Table 1 were named using ChemDraw Ultra version 12.0 (CambridgeSoft, Cambridge, MA, USA). The compounds of Formula I can be prepared by different ways with reactions known to a person skilled in the art. Reaction schemes as described in the example section are illustrative only and should not be construed as limiting the invention in any way. According to one embodiment, compounds of Formula I can be prepared using the chiral synthesis of the invention detailed below.
The invention is further directed to the use of the compounds of the invention or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates thereof as antagonists to the NK-3 receptor.
Accordingly, in a particularly preferred embodiment, the invention relates to the use of compounds of Formula I and subformulae in particular those of table 1 above, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates thereof, as NK-3 receptor antagonists.
CHIRAL SYNTHESIS
As noted above, the invention relates to a novel process for the preparation of compounds of Formula II which comprises the above described steps a) to d).
In one embodiment, the process of the invention is directed to the preparation of 5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine compounds of Formula II as defined above or salts or solvates thereof, wherein R and Ar are as defined above ; and steps a) to d) are as follows: a) reacting a compound of Formula A
Figure imgf000047_0001
A wherein R is as defined above; with a reagent resulting in an N-sp protective group on the amine nitrogen of compound of Formula A of Formula B 1 or Formula B2
Figure imgf000048_0001
wherein,
R12, R12', R13, R13" and R14 are H, or R14 is methoxy and R12, R12', R13 and R13' are H, or R12 and R14 are methoxy and R12', R13 and R13' are H, or R12, R12' and R14 are methoxy and R13 and R13' are H,
X is CI, Br, I, OMs, OTs, OTf, either through direct alkylation of the amine nitrogen when compound of Formula B2 is used, or in the presence of a reducing agent when a compound of Formula B 1 is used to ultimately obtain a compound of Formula C-l
Figure imgf000048_0002
C-l wherein R1', R12, R12', R13, R13 and R14 are as defined above; b) converting the compound of Formula C-l with a tri(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxonium salt (Meerwein-type reagents), or (Cl-C2)alkylsulfate, or (Cl-C2)chloroformate, or use of PCi5/POCi3/(Cl-C2)hydroxyalkyl so as to obtain a compound of Formula D-1
Figure imgf000049_0001
D-1 wherein R1', R12, R12', R13, R13' and R14 are as defined above and R10 is C1-C2 in the presence of a base; c) reacting the compound of Formula D-1 with a compound of Formula E
Figure imgf000049_0002
E or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein
Ar is defined as above with respect to Formula II; so as to obtain a compound of Formula F- 1
Figure imgf000050_0001
F-1 wherein R1', R12, R12', R13, R13 , R14 and Ar2' are as defined above; and d) deprotecting the compound of Formula F-1 with a suitable deprotection reagent as defined herein to afford a compound of Formula II or an salt or solvate thereof.
Preferred compounds of Formula Hand salts or solvates thereof are those wherein
R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl or C3-C4 cycloalkyl, each of said alkyl or cycloalkyl groups, groups being optionally substituted by one ester group; preferably R is linear or branched CI -C4 alkyl or C3-C4 cycloalkyl; or
R is C1-C2 alkyl, optionally substituted by one ester group; preferably R is methyl optionally substituted by one ester group, more preferably R is methyl; and/or
Ar is a 5- to 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl group, each of the aryl, or heteroaryl groups being optionally substituted by one or more group(s) selected from halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, , aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, carbamoyl, alkylcarbamoyl, carbamoylalkyl, carbamoylamino, alkylcarbamoylamino, or fused to the aryl or heteroaryl group may be one or more cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl moiety, each of said substituents being optionally substituted by one or more further substituent(s) selected from halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy; preferably Ar is a 5- to 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl group, each of the aryl, or heteroaryl groups being optionally substituted by one or more group(s) selected from halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, carbamoyl, alkylcarbamoyl, carbamoylalkyl, carbamoylamino, alkylcarbamoylamino,; more preferably Ar is a 5- to 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl group, each of the aryl, or heteroaryl groups being optionally substituted by one or more group(s) selected from halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkylamino,; still more
preferably Ar is a 5- to 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl group, each of the aryl, or heteroaryl groups being optionally substituted by one or more group(s) selected from fluoro, branched or linear C1-C4 alkyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl halo(Cl)alkyl, cyclopropyl,
aryl, hydroxyl, alkylamino; and most preferably Ar is a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl group selected from the group consisting of rings (i), (ii)and (iii)
Figure imgf000051_0001
(i) (ϋ) (iii) wherein
X1 is N or C-R6 wherein R6 is H, fluoro or methyl; preferably X1 is C-R6 wherein R6 is H or methyl, more preferably X1 is CH; and/or
2 2
X is O or S; preferably X is S; and/or
X3 is N, or X3 is CH under the condition that X1 is N and X2 is N-R7 wherein R7 is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl or cyclopropyl; preferably X is N; and/or
R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino, phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,4- difluorophenyl or N-morpholinyl; preferably R is methyl, ethyl, wo-propyl, CI fhioroalkyl, cyclopropyl, dimethylamino, phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difhiorophenyl or or N-morpholinyl; more preferably R is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, trifluoromethyl or
2' 2' cyclopropyl, still more preferably R is methyl, ethyl or wo-propyl; most preferably R is methyl; and/or
X4 is N or C-R8 wherein R8 is H or C1-C2 alkyl, X5 is O or S, X6 is N or X6 is CH under the condition that X4 is N and X5 is N-R9 wherein R9 is C1-C2 alkyl or C3 cycloalkyl, or X4 is N, X5 is N-R9 wherein R9 ismethyl and X6 is CH; preferably X4 is N or C-R8 whereinR8 isH or methyl, X5 is O or S and X6 is N; more preferably X4 is N or C-R8 wherein R8 is H or methyl, X5 is S and X6 is N; and/or
3'
R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2- C3 alkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino, phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,4-
3'
difluorophenyl or N-morpholinyl; more preferably R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl
3'
or C3 cycloalkyl; even more preferably R is methyl or isopropyl; and/or
R is cyano, C1-C2 alkyl or hydroxyl, preferably R is cyano, methyl or
4' 4'
hydroxyl, preferably R is methyl or hydroxyl, still more preferably R is methyl.
Particularly preferred compounds of Formula II are those listed in table 2 hereafter:
TABLE 2
Cpd n° Structure Chemical name MW
1 (R)-2-methyl-4-(8-methyl- 235.31
5,6,7,8 -tetrahydro - [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin- 3-yl)thiazole
2 N (5 2-methyl-4-(8-methyl- 235.31
5,6,7,8 -tetrahydro - [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin- 3-yl)thiazole
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
The compounds of Table 2 were named using ChemDraw Ultra 12 purchased from CambridgeSoft (Cambridge, MA, USA).
The below description of the process of the invention applies to the process of the invention as defined above, including all embodiments described.
Step a) of the process as defined above is the preparation of compounds of Formula C through reaction of the amine group of a compound of Formula A with a reagent resulting in a N-sp protective group, as defined herein, on the amine nitrogen of compound of Formula A using standard reductive amination conditions.
The compound of Formula A is advantageously selected from those wherein R is a C1-C4 alkyl, each of said alkyl groups being optionally substituted by one or more group(s) selected from halo or esters, preferably R is methyl.
This reaction results in the protection of the amine nitrogen of the piperazinone of Formula A with an above-defined N-sp protective group (compound of Formula C), in particular with a benzylic protective group when a compound of Formula B 1 or B2 is used (compound of Formula C-l).
The reagent resulting in a N-sp protective group, as defined herein, on the amine nitrogen of compound of Formula A is advantageously a compound of Formula B 1 or B2 as defined above. The compound of Formula Bl or B2 is advantageously selected from those wherein R 14 is methoxy and R 12 , R 12' , R 13 and R 13' are H, or R 1"2 and R 1"4 are methoxy and R12', R13 and R13 are H, or R12, R12' and R14 are methoxy and R13 and R13' are H, in particular the compound of Formula B is the one wherein R12 and R14 are methoxy and R 1^2' , R 1"3 and R 1"3' are H; and/or The term "benzylic protective groups" according to the invention is defined as benzyl (Bn), 4-methoxybenzyl (PMB), 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl (DMB) and 2,4,6- trimethoxybenzyl (TMB), among which DMB and TMB, in particular DMB, are preferred.
These benzylic protective groups proved advantageous since their use resulted in significant reduction of racemization during the steps b), c) and d) as compared to when other protective groups such as Boc (ie/t-butyloxycarbonyl) and Cbz (carbobenzyloxy) were used to conduct steps b), c) and d).
Without being exclusively bound by any theory, Applicant considers two conjectures as potentially relevant to the significant improvements in the improved chiral synthesis procedure disclosed in this invention. Firstly, that N-sp protective groups, as defined herein, e.g. Bn, PMB, DMB, TMB, in contrast to the "N-sp protective groups", i.e. carbamates such as Boc, Cbz, Alloc (allyloxycarbonyl), may be considered less electron- withdrawing, thus rendering the hydrogen at the stereogenic carbon center less labile and, consequently, less prone to racemization. Secondly, the greater reaction efficiency in terms of reaction time and generally milder reaction conditions (e.g. obviating the need for large excess of Meerwein reagent) observed in both the imidiate formation (step b) and cyclodehydration steps (step c) with N-sp protective groups such as Bn, PMB, DMB likely contributes to retaining the chiral purity that originates from the starting material, e.g. a chiral form of 3-methylpiperazin-2-one, and, consequently furnishing the intermediates thereof and the final products of this invention in high enantiomeric purity as defined herein.
As already set forth above, step a) is carried out in the presence of a reducing agent. The term "reducing agent" as used herein means all reagents that can reduce an imine to an amine, such as suitable hydrogenolytic conditions, including but not limited to using NaBH4 and related derivatives, tri(Cl-C2alkyl)silanes, boranes, and hydride-transfer reagents.
The reducing agent is advantageously an alkaline cation borohydride reagent, which is preferably selected from the group consisting of sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, sodium trifluroracetoxyborohydride, more preferably the reducing agent is sodium triacetoxyborohydride.
Step a) is carried out according to standard procedures well known to those skilled in the art (See for example (a) Wuts, P. G. M.; Greene, T. W. In "Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", Wiley-Interscience: New York, 4th Edition, Chap. 7, pp. 696-926, and (b) Kocienski, P. J. In "Protecting Groups", Georg Thieme Verlag: Stuttgart, New York; 3rd Edition, Chap. 8, pp. 487-643).
Intermediates of Formula A may be optionally purified by silica gel flash chromatography or silica gel chromatography, and/or precipitation, and/or trituration, and/or filtration, and/or recrystallization.
The second step of the process, step b), is the conversion of the ketopiperazine compounds of Formula C to iminoether compounds of Formula D, in particular of ketopiperazine compounds of Formula C- 1 to iminoether compounds of Formula D- 1.
Unlike the case with the N-sp 2 protective groups, such as Boc, with N-sp 3 protective groups, step b) proceeds without significant loss of chirality resulting in the corresponding products of good enantiomeric purity as defined herein. The procedure involves a tri(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxonium salt (Meerwein-type reagents), or (Cl-C2)alkylsulfate, or (Cl-C2)chloroformate, or use of PC15/P0C13/(C1- C2)hydroxyalkyl, preferably tri(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxonium salt (Meerwein-type reagents), or (Cl-C2)alkylsulfate, more preferably tri(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxonium salt, and even more preferably a tri(C2 alkyl)oxonium salt, such as Et3OBF4.
As set out above, step b) is carried out in the presence of a base.
Use of at least 2 equivalents of tri(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxonium salt (1) with respect to the 3- substituted-piperazin-2-one was required to aid towards a complete conversion when step b) was carried out without a mild base additive, such as Na2C03,as further discussed hereunder.
Without being bound by any theory, Applicant believes that formation of an acid such as HBF4 that may be a side-product with the use of moisture- sensitive tri(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxonium salt (Meerwein-type reagents) may additionally contribute to the variability in the product quality aforementioned. Interestingly, there exist two literature references (See (a) Sanchez, J. D. et al.J. Org. Chem. 2001, 66, 5731-5735; (b) Kende, A. S.; et al.Org. Lett. 2003, 5, 3205-3208) that cite the use of mild bases such as Na2C03 in conjunction with the use of Meerwein reagent although without offering any explicit rationale or detailed experimental conditions. After extensive reaction optimization experiments, Applicant found that addition of a base, especially Na2C03, with respect to the Meerwein reagent helped minimize racemization. Applicant further observed that use of a mild base additive, especially Na2C03, appears to also help accelerate the reaction towards completion that in turn may contribute to minimizing racemization in such reactions.
The base is advantageously selected from the group consisting of sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, preferably the base is sodium carbonate. In a preferred embodiment, between 1 and 5, preferably about 1.8 mole equivalents with respect to tri(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxonium salt of base are used.
The tri(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxonium salt is advantageously selected from the group consisting of trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate, triethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate, preferably the tri(Cl-C2 alkyl) oxonium salt is triethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate. In an advantageous embodiment, between 1 and 2, preferably about 1.4, mole equivalents of tri(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxonium salt is used.
The iminoether synthesis step b) is advantageously carried out in an organic, preferably anhydrous, solvent, preferably dichloromethane. The reaction is advantageously carried out at a temperature equal to or below the boiling point of the organic solvent; preferably the reaction is carried out at room temperature.
The term "room temperature" as used herein means a temperature comprised between 10 °C and 30 °C, preferably about 20+5 °C.
In one embodiment, especially in the case of the conversion of ketopiperazine compounds of Formula C-l to iminoether compounds of Formula D-l, step b) is carried out in DCM, at room temperature with 1.8 equivalents with respect to tri(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxonium salt of sodium carbonate.
Intermediates of Formula D may optionally be purified by flash or column chromatography on silica gel. The third step of the process, step c), is the preparation of triazolopiperazine compounds of Formula F by condensation between an iminoether of Formula D and an acylhydrazide of Formula E or a salt or solvate thereof, especially the preparation of triazolopiperazine compounds of Formula F-1 by condensation between an iminoether of Formula D-l and an acylhydrazide of Formula E or salt or solvate thereof. Without being bound by any theory, Applicant believes that when using N-sp protective groups, such as Boc, the inductive effect of the carbamate makes the proton at the C8 position more acidic, which could thus explain the observed racemization (deprotonation might occur in the presence of hydrazide).
Step c) is generally carried out at a temperature comprised between 50°C and 135°C, preferably between 70°C and 135°C. In contrast, condensations with Boc-protected methylketopiperazine were typically conducted under very forcing conditions, such as 135 °C, neat reaction medium, long reaction time (>24 h) or excessive application of microwave for several days. Such conditions were not readily amenable for scale-up, and in addition, non-reproducible chiral purity was also a problem with such harsh and protracted reaction conditions. Intermediates of Formula F may optionally be purified by flash or column chromatography on silica gel.
The fourth step of the process, i.e. step d), entails deprotection of compounds of Formula F especially compounds of Formula F-l with a suitable deprotection reagent.
The term "suitable deprotection reagent" according to the invention is defined as as any reagent(s) allowing the removal of an N-sp protective group as defined herein, in particular benzylic protective groups as defined herein. Examples of such reagents are reported in (a) Wuts, P. G. M.; Greene, T. W. In "Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", Wiley-Interscience: New York, 4th Edition, Chap. 7, pp. 696-926, and (b) Kocienski, P. J. In "Protecting Groups", Georg Thieme Verlag: Stuttgart, New York; 3 rd Edition, Chap. 8, pp. 487-643); suitable deprotection reagents include but are not limited to hydrogenolytic condtions (e.g. H2, Pd/C) or acidolytic conditions (e.g. HC1, TFA).
Preferred deprotection reagents are selected from the group consisting of TFA, HC1, preferably HC1. The more acid labile variants of the benzylic protective groups as defined herein, such as PMB, DMB and TMB, proved advantageous due to milder deprotection conditions required, thus consequently aiding in minimizing any racemization possible at this step.
Step d) is advantageously carried out in an organic solvent selected from 1,4-dioxane, dichloromethane, isopropanol.
When using acidolytic deprotection conditions such as through the use of TFA or HC1, compounds of Formula II are thus obtained in their corresponding salt forms.
In one embodiment, step d) may be optionally followed by a conversion to the free base form. In one embodiment, compounds of Formula II, either in salt or free base form, are converted using stereoisomeric salt-forming agents, such as chiral acids, to obtain stereoisomeric salts of Formula II in order to enhance the chemical purity and/or stereoisomeric purity of the final intermediate.
The aforesaid stereoisomeric salt-forming agents include but are not limited to mandelic acid, tartaric acid, dibenzoyl- and ditoluyl-tartaric acid, phenylpropionic acid, tartanilic acid derivatives in all relevant stereoisomeric forms, or more preferably mandelic acid, tartaric acid, dibenzoyl- and ditoluyl-tartaric acid, phenylpropionic acid in all relevant stereoisomeric forms.
In one embodiment, step d) is followed by an additional amide coupling step e) in which the compound of Formula II or salt or solvate thereof is reacted with a compound of
Formula G
Figure imgf000065_0001
G or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein
Ar1 is phenyl, thiophen-2yl or 4-fhiorophenyl, preferably phenyl or thiophen-2-yl;
Y is hydroxyl, halo, preferably F or CI, more preferably hydroxyl and CI, and even more preferably CI; to provide a compound of Formula H
Figure imgf000066_0001
or a salt or solvate thereof wherein Ar is as defined above with respect to Formula II and Ar1 is as defined above with respect to Formula G. Step e) is advantageously carried out in an organic, preferably anhydrous, solvent, selected from dichloromethane, acetonitrile, preferably in dichloromethane.
The reaction is advantageously carried out at a temperature equal to or below boiling point of the organic solvent, preferably at room temperature.
In the case of compounds of Formula G wherein Y is a halo, the reaction is carried out in the presence of a base selected from the group consisting of di-iso-propylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, triethylamine, preferably N-methylmorpholine, and in the case of compounds of Formula G wherein Y is a hydroxyl, an activated anhydride, ester, acylurea derivative of the latter said compounds - formed through conventional amide bond forming reagent(s) involving the use of so-called activating groups, such as isobutylchloroformate, DIC, DCC, HOBt, HATU, HBTU, DEPBT under reaction conditions known to those skilled in the art, and more preferably with compounds of Formula G wherein Y is a halo, the reaction was carried out in the presence of a base selected from the group consisting of di-iso-propylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, triethylamine, preferably N-methylmorpholine;
Enantiomeric excess values of compounds of Formula II or salt thereof were not determined since separation on chiral HPLC was difficult to achieve. However, chiral purity and enantiomeric excess of compounds of Formula G could be determined. Applicant has observed identical ee values for compounds of Formula D and amides of Formula H which confirmed both steps d) and e) proceed without any detectable racemisation (chiral LC).
In another aspect, the invention provides intermediates for the synthesis of compounds of Formula II, in particular according to the process of the invention. These intermediates are compounds of Formula D as defined above.
In one embodiment, compounds of Formula D are those of formula D-l
Figure imgf000067_0001
D-l wherein
R and R±u are as defined with respect to Formula D; and
R12, R12', R13, R13 and R14 are H, or R14 is methoxy and R12, R12', R13 and R13' are H, or R12 and R14 are methoxy and R12', R13 and R13' are H, or R12, R12' and R14 are methoxy and R13 and R13' are H.
Preferred compounds of Formula D- l are those wherein:
R14 is methoxy and R12, R12', R13 and R13' are H, or R12 and R14 are methoxy and R12', R13 and R13' are H, or R12, R12' and R14 are methoxy and R13 and R13' are H, preferably R12 and R14 are methoxy and R12', R13 and R13' are H, or R12, R12' and R14 are methoxy and R13 and R13' are H, more preferably R12 and R14 are methoxy and R12', R13 and R13' are H; and/or
R10 is ethyl.
A preferred compound of Formula D-l is (R)- l-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-5-ethoxy-6- methyl- 1 ,2,3,6-tetrahydropyrazine.
As set forth above, the invention also provides compounds of Formula III as defined above. In one embodiment, compounds of Formula III or salts or solvates thereof are those wherein
R11 is H or
Figure imgf000068_0001
wherein
R12, R12', R13, R13 and R14 are H, or R14 is methoxy and R12, R12', R13 and R13' are H, or R12 and R14 are methoxy and R12', R13 and R13' are H, or R12, R12' and R14 are methoxy and R13 and R13' are H; preferably R14 is methoxy and R12, R12', R13 and R13' are H, orR12 and R14 are methoxy and R12', R13 and R13' are H, or R12, R12'and R14 are methoxy and R13 and R13' are H, preferably R12 and R14 are methoxy and R12', R13 and R13' are H,
12 12' 14 13 13' 12 14 or R , R^ and R" are methoxy and R and R are H, more preferably R and R are methoxy and R12', R13 and R13' are H; and
1' 2'
R and Ar" is as defined with respect to Formula II.
Particularly preferred compounds of Formula III are those listed in table 3hereafter:
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000078_0001
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000081_0001
Figure imgf000082_0001
67 (R)-7-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)- 379.46
8-methyl-3-(6-methylpyridin-
2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-
[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine
68 (S) -7 - (2,4-dimethoxybenzyl) - 379.46
8-methyl-3-(6-methylpyridin-
2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-
[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine
69 (R)-6-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8- 397.47 tetrahydro-[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)pyridin-2-ol
compound with l-ethyl-2,4- dimethoxybenzene (1 : 1)
70 (5)-6-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8- 397.47 tetrahydro-[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)pyridin-2-ol
compound with l-ethyl-2,4- dimethoxybenzene (1 : 1)
Figure imgf000084_0001
Compounds of Formula D, especially D- l, and Formula III, in particular (R)- l-(2,4- dimethoxybenzyl)-5-ethoxy-6-methyl- l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyrazine and those of table 3above, or salts or solvates thereof are particularly interesting for the synthesis of chiral 5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines, which are useful intermediates for the synthesis of pharmaceutical active ingredients, such as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists.
Accordingly, in another aspect, the invention relates to the use of these compounds or salts or solvates thereof for the synthesis of pharmaceutical active ingredients, such as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists.
APPLICATIONS
The compounds of the invention are therefore useful as medicaments, in particular in the prevention and/or treatment of depression, anxiety, pyschosis, schizophrenia, psychotic disorders, bipolar disorders, cognitive disorders, Parkinson' s disease, Alzheimer' s disease, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), pain, convulsion, obesity, inflammatory diseases including irritable bowel syndrome and inflammatory bowel disorders, emesis, pre-eclampsia, airway related diseases including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, airway hyperresponsiveness, bronchoconstriction and cough, reproduction disorders, contraception and sex hormone- dependent diseases including but not limited to benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), prostatic hyperplasia, metastatic prostatic carninoma, testicular cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, androgen dependent acne, male pattern baldness, endometriosis, abnormal puberty, uterine fibrosis, uterine fibroid tumor, hormone-dependent cancers, hyperandrogenism, hirsutism, virilization, polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), premenstrual dysphoric disease (PMDD), HAIR-AN syndrome (hyperandrogenism, insulin resistance and acanthosis nigricans), ovarian hyperthecosis (HAIR-AN with hyperplasia of luteinized theca cells in ovarian stroma), other manifestations of high intraovarian androgen concentrations (e.g. follicular maturation arrest, atresia, anovulation, dysmenorrhea, dysfunctional uterine bleeding, infertility), androgen- producing tumor (virilizing ovarian or adrenal tumor), menorrhagia and adenomyosis. The invention also provides for a method for delaying in patient the onset of depression, anxiety, pyschosis, schizophrenia, psychotic disorders, bipolar disorders, cognitive disorders, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), pain, convulsion, obesity, inflammatory diseases including irritable bowel syndrome and inflammatory bowel disorders, emesis, pre-eclampsia, airway related diseases including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, airway hyperresponsiveness, bronchoconstriction and cough, reproduction disorders, contraception and sex hormone-dependent diseases including but not limited to benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), prostatic hyperplasia, metastatic prostatic carninoma, testicular cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, androgen dependent acne, male pattern baldness, endometriosis, abnormal puberty, uterine fibrosis, uterine fibroid tumor, hormone-dependent cancers, hyperandrogenism, hirsutism, virilization, polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), premenstrual dysphoric disease (PMDD), HAIR-AN syndrome (hyperandrogenism, insulin resistance and acanthosis nigricans), ovarian hyperthecosis (HAIR-AN with hyperplasia of luteinized theca cells in ovarian stroma), other manifestations of high intraovarian androgen concentrations (e.g. follicular maturation arrest, atresia, anovulation, dysmenorrhea, dysfunctional uterine bleeding, infertility), androgen-producing tumor (virilizing ovarian or adrenal tumor), menorrhagia and adenomyosis comprising the administration of a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof to a patient in need thereof.
Preferably, the patient is a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a human. The compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of gynecological disorders and infertility. In particular, the invention provides methods to suppress the LH-surge in assisted conception.
The compounds of the invention are also useful to cause male castration and to inhibit the sex drive in men. This is of particular interest in the treatment of male sexual offenders.
The invention further provides the use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for treating and/or preventing depression, anxiety, pyschosis, schizophrenia, psychotic disorders, bipolar disorders, cognitive disorders, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), pain, convulsion, obesity, inflammatory diseases including irritable bowel syndrome and inflammatory bowel disorders, emesis, pre-eclampsia, airway related diseases including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, airway hyperresponsiveness, bronchoconstriction and cough, reproduction disorders, contraception and sex hormone- dependent diseases including but not limited to benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), prostatic hyperplasia, metastatic prostatic carninoma, testicular cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, androgen dependent acne, male pattern baldness, endometriosis, abnormal puberty, uterine fibrosis, uterine fibroid tumor, hormone-dependent cancers, hyperandrogenism, hirsutism, virilization, polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), premenstrual dysphoric disease (PMDD), HAIR-AN syndrome (hyperandrogenism, insulin resistance and acanthosis nigricans), ovarian hyperthecosis (HAIR-AN with hyperplasia of luteinized theca cells in ovarian stroma), other manifestations of high intraovarian androgen concentrations (e.g. follicular maturation arrest, atresia, anovulation, dysmenorrhea, dysfunctional uterine bleeding, infertility), androgen- producing tumor (virilizing ovarian or adrenal tumor), menorrhagia and adenomyosis in a patient.
Preferably, the patient is a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a human. The invention further provides the use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof for the manufacture of a medicament to suppress the LH- surge in assisted conception in a patient. Preferably the patient is a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a woman. The invention further provides the use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof for the manufacture of a medicament to cause male castration and to inhibit the sex drive in men. This is of particular interest in the treatment of male sexual offenders.
According to a further feature of the present invention there is provided a method for modulating NK-3 receptor activity, in a patient, preferably a warm blooded animal, and even more preferably a human, in need of such treatment, which comprises administering to said patient an effective amount of compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof.
According to one embodiment, the compounds of the invention, their pharmaceutical acceptable salts or solvates may be administered as part of a combination therapy. Thus, are included within the scope of the present invention embodiments comprising coadministration of, and compositions and medicaments which contain, in addition to a compound of the present invention, a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof as active ingredient, additional therapeutic agents and/or active ingredients. Such multiple drug regimens, often referred to as "combination therapy", may be used in the treatment and/or prevention of any of the diseases or conditions mediated by or associated with NK-3 receptor modulation. The use of such combinations of therapeutic agents is especially pertinent with respect to the treatment of the above-mentioned disorders within a patient in need of treatment or one at risk of becoming such a patient. In addition to the requirement of therapeutic efficacy, which may necessitate the use of active agents in addition to the NK-3 receptor modulator compounds of Formula I or pharmaceutical salts or acceptable solvates thereof, there may be additional rationales which compel or highly recommend the use of combinations of drugs involving active ingredients which represent adjunct therapy, i.e., which complement and supplement the function performed by the NK-3 receptor modulator compounds of the present invention. Suitable supplementary therapeutic agents used for the purpose of auxiliary treatment include drugs which, instead of directly treating or preventing a disease or condition mediated by or associated with NK-3 receptor modulation, treat diseases or conditions which directly result from or indirectly accompany the basic or underlying NK-3 receptor modulated disease or condition.
According to a further feature of the present invention, the compound of Formula I, a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof may be used in combination therapy with antipsychotic drugs (APD), to improve the efficacy and to minimize secondary effects associated to APD including but not limited to Dopamine 2/3 and 5-HT2 receptors antagonists. More particular the compound of Formula I, a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof may be used as an adjunct therapy in combination with an atypical antipsychotic drug, including but not limited to risperidone, clozapine, olanzapine, where the NK-3 receptor modulator may serve a role as dose-limiting for the atypical antipsychotic and therefore spare the patient from some of the side effect of those atypical antipsychotic drugs.
Thus, the methods of treatment and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may employ the compounds of Formula I or pharmaceutical acceptable solvates thereof in the form of monotherapy, but said methods and compositions may also be used in the form of multiple therapy in which one or more compounds of Formula I or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates are coadministered in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents.
In the above-described embodiment combinations of the present invention, the compound of Formula I, a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof and other therapeutic active agents may be administered in terms of dosage forms either separately or in conjunction with each other, and in terms of their time of administration, either serially or simultaneously. Thus, the administration of one component agent may be prior to, concurrent with, or subsequent to the administration of the other component agent(s).
The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient and/or adjuvant. As indicated above, the invention also covers pharmaceutical compositions which contain, in addition to a compound of the present invention, a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof as active ingredient, additional therapeutic agents and/or active ingredients. Another object of this invention is a medicament comprising at least one compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof, as active ingredient.
According to a further feature of the present invention there is provided the use of a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for modulating NK-3 receptor activity in a patient, in need of such treatment, which comprises administering to said patient an effective amount of compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvate thereof.
Preferably, the patient is a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a human. As set forth above, the compounds of the invention, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates may be used in monotherapy or in combination therapy. Thus, according to one embodiment, the invention provides the use of a compound of the invention for the manufacture of a medicament for at least one of the purposes described above, wherein said medicament is administered to a patient in need thereof, preferably a warm-blooded animal, and even more preferably a human, in combination with at least one additional therapeutic agent and/or active ingredient. The benefits and advantages of such a multiple drug regimen, possible administration regimens as well as suitable additional therapeutic agents and/or active ingredients are those described above.
Generally, for pharmaceutical use, the compounds of the invention may be formulated as a pharmaceutical preparation comprising at least one compound of the invention and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient and/or adjuvant, and optionally one or more further pharmaceutically active compounds.
By means of non-limiting examples, such a formulation may be in a form suitable for oral administration, for parenteral administration (such as by intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous injection or intravenous infusion), for topical administration (including ocular), for administration by inhalation, by a skin patch, by an implant, by a suppository, etc. Such suitable administration forms - which may be solid, semi-solid or liquid, depending on the manner of administration - as well as methods and carriers, diluents and excipients for use in the preparation thereof, will be clear to the skilled person; reference is made to the latest edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences. Some preferred, but non-limiting examples of such preparations include tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, cachets, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols, ointments, cremes, lotions, soft and hard gelatin capsules, suppositories, drops, sterile injectable solutions and sterile packaged powders (which are usually reconstituted prior to use) for administration as a bolus and/or for continuous administration, which may be formulated with carriers, excipients, and diluents that are suitable per se for such formulations, such as lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol, cellulose, (sterile) water, methylcellulose, methyl- and propylhydroxybenzoates, talc, magnesium stearate, edible oils, vegetable oils and mineral oils or suitable mixtures thereof. The formulations can optionally contain other substances that are commonly used in pharmaceutical formulations, such as lubricating agents, wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, dispersing agents, desinte grants, bulking agents, fillers, preserving agents, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, flow regulators, release agents, etc.. The compositions may also be formulated so as to provide rapid, sustained or delayed release of the active compound(s) contained therein.
The pharmaceutical preparations of the invention are preferably in a unit dosage form, and may be suitably packaged, for example in a box, blister, vial, bottle, sachet, ampoule or in any other suitable single-dose or multi-dose holder or container (which may be properly labeled); optionally with one or more leaflets containing product information and/or instructions for use. Generally, such unit dosages will contain between 0.05 and 1000 mg, and usually between 1 and 500 mg, of the at least one compound of the invention, e.g. about 10, 25, 50, 100, 200, 300 or 400 mg per unit dosage.
Usually, depending on the condition to be prevented or treated and the route of administration, the active compound of the invention will usually be administered between 0.01 to 100 mg per kilogram, more often between 0.1 and 50 mg, such as between 1 and 25 mg, for example about 0.5, 1, 5, 10, 15, 20 or 25 mg, per kilogram body weight of the patient per day, which may be administered as a single daily dose, divided over one or more daily doses, or essentially continuously, e.g. using a drip infusion.
DEFINITIONS
The definitions and explanations below are for the terms as used throughout the entire application, including both the specification and the claims.
When describing the compounds of the invention, the terms used are to be construed in accordance with the following definitions, unless indicated otherwise. The term "halo" or "halogen" means fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo. Preferred halo groups are fluoro and chloro. The most preferred halo group is fluoro in the present invention unless otherwise indicated herein.
The term "alkyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a hydrocarbyl radical of formula CnH2n+i wherein n is a number greater than or equal to 1. Generally, alkyl groups of this invention comprise from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups may be linear or branched.
Suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, i-propyl, w-butyl, i-butyl, s-butyl and i-butyl. The term "haloalkyl" alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl radical having the meaning as defined above wherein one or more hydrogens are replaced with a halogen as defined above. Non-limiting examples of such haloalkyl radicals include chloromethyl, 1-bromoethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 1,1,1- trifluoroethyl and the like. Cx_y -haloalkyland Cx-Cy-alkyl refer to alkyl groups which comprise from x to y carbon atoms. Preferred haloalkyl groups are difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl.
The term "alkenyl" as used herein refers to an unsaturated hydrocarbyl group, which may be linear or branched, comprising one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Suitable alkenyl groups comprise between 2 and 3 carbon atoms. Examples of alkenyl groups are ethenyl (vinyl), 2-propenyl (allyl). The preferred alkenyl group herein is the vinyl group.
The term "thiophen-2-yl" as used herein means a group of formula
Figure imgf000093_0001
arrow defines the attachment point.
The term "cycloalkyl" as used herein is a cyclic alkyl group, that is to say, a monovalent, saturated, or unsaturated hydrocarbyl group having 1 or 2 cyclic structures. Cycloalkyl includes monocyclic hydrocarbyl groups only. Cycloalkyl groups may comprise 3 or more carbon atoms in the ring and generally, according to this invention comprise from 3 to 4, more preferably 3 carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl and cyclobutyl, with cyclopropyl being particularly preferred.
The term "ester" or "esters" as used herein means a group selected the group consisting of unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyloxycarbonyl, unsubstituted phenyloxycarbonyl or unsubstituted phenyl(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxycarbonyl.
Suitable ester groups include methyloxycarbonyl, ethyloxycarbonyl, n- propyloxycarbonyl, i-propyloxycarbonyl, w-butyloxycarbonyl, i-butyloxycarbonyl, s- butyloxycarbonyl, i-butyloxycarbonyl, phenyloxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl and phenethyloxycarbonyl, among which methyloxycarbonyl, ethyloxycarbonyl, propyloxycarbonyl, i-propyloxycarbonyl, phenyloxycarbonyl, and benzyloxycarbonyl are preferred.
The ring atoms of 5,6,7, (8-substituted)-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines of the invention are numbered based on scheme below.
Figure imgf000094_0001
Bonds from an asymmetric carbon in compounds are generally depicted using a solid line (— ), a zigzag line ( ), a solid wedge ( ~ ~" ), or a dotted wedge ( ).The use of either a solid or dotted wedge to depict bonds from an asymmetric carbon atom is meant to indicate that only the stereoisomer shown is meant to be included. In the compounds of the invention, a dotted wedge ( ). carrying a methyl at the C8 position is used to depict the (R)-enantiomer. A solid wedge ( ) would be used to depict the (^-enantiomer.
The compounds of Formula II and subformulae thereof contain a stereogenic carbon center at position 8 and thus may exist as (R)- and (SJ-enantiomers. The use of a solid line to depict the bond between position 8 of the ring and R1 with a star next to position 8 indicates that the individual enantiomers are meant, thus excluding racemic mixtures thereof.
A solid wedge ( ' ) for the bond between position 8 of the ring and R1 is used to depict the (^-enantiomer and a dotted wedge ( ) for the bond between position 8 of the ring and R1 is used to depict the (R)-enantiomer.
For instance, (R)-8-methyl-3-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-
[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine is depicted as ...
Figure imgf000095_0001
Prototropic tautomer equilibrium form may exist in certain compounds of Formula Γ thereby engendering either or both tautomers to exist; an example is illustrated below.
Figure imgf000096_0001
All tautomeric forms of compounds of the invention fall, wherever applicable, within the scope of the invention regardless of which specific tautomer is drawn or named.
The compounds of the invention may be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of Formulae I, II and III include the acid addition salts thereof. Suitable acid addition salts are formed from acids which form non-toxic salts. Examples include the acetate, adipate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bicarbonate/carbonate, bisulphate/sulphate, borate, camsylate, citrate, cyclamate, edisylate, esylate, formate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glucuronate, hexafluorophosphate, hibenzate, hydrochloride/chloride, hydrobromide/bromide, hydroiodide/iodide, isethionate, lactate, malate, maleate, malonate, mesylate, methylsulphate, naphthylate, 2-napsylate, nicotinate, nitrate, orotate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, phosphate/hydrogen phosphate/dihydrogen phosphate, pyroglutamate, saccharate, stearate, succinate, tannate, tartrate, tosylate, trifluoroacetate and xinofoate salts.
The compounds of Formulae I, II or III of the invention may be prepared in salt form through the use of salt-formers. Suitable acids are preferably but not limited to those that are considered to form pharmaceutically acceptable salts (see for example: Wermuth, C. G.; Stahl, P. H. In "Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts", Wiley- VCH: New York, 2002). Such salts may be formed to enhance chemical purity and/or enhance storage lifetime of the attendant salt intermediate. Examples of relevant salt-formers as aforementioned include in a non-limiting sense the following acids; through any and all stereoisomeric forms where applicable: HC1, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, citric acid, lactic acid, maleic acid, mandelic acid, succinic acid, phenylpropionic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid. Preferred salt-formers include HC1.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of Formulae I, II and III may be prepared by one or more of these methods: (i) by reacting the compound of Formulae I, II or III with the desired acid;
(ii) by removing an acid-labile protecting group from a suitable precursor of the compound of Formulae I, II or III; or
(iii) by converting one salt of the compound of Formulae I, II or III to another by reaction with an appropriate acid or by means of a suitable ion exchange column. The term "solvate" is used herein to describe a compound in this invention that contains stoichiometric or sub- stoichiometric amounts of one or more pharmaceutically acceptable solvent molecule such as ethanol. The term "hydrate" refers to when the said solvent is water.
All references to compounds of Formulae I, II or III include references to salts, solvates, multi- component complexes and liquid crystals thereof.
The compounds of the invention include compounds of Formulae I, II or III as hereinbefore defined, including all polymorphs and crystal habits thereof, prodrugs, prodrugs and tautomers thereof and isotopically- labeled compounds of Formulae I, II or III. In addition, although generally, with respect to the salts of the compounds of the invention, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are preferred, it should be noted that the invention in its broadest sense also included non-pharmaceutically acceptable salts, which may for example be used in the isolation and/or purification of the compounds of the invention. For example, salts formed with optically active acids or bases may be used to form diastereoisomeric salts that can facilitate the separation of optically active isomers of the compounds of Formulae I, II or III above. The invention also generally covers all pharmaceutically acceptable predrugs and prodrugs of the compounds of Formulae I, II or III.
The term "prodrug" as used herein means the pharmacologically acceptable derivatives of compounds of Formulae I, II or III, such as for example esters, whose in vivo biotransformation product generates the biologically active drug. Prodrugs are generally characterized by increased bio-availability and are readily metabolized into biologically active compounds in vivo.
The term "predrug", as used herein, means any compound that will be modified to form a drug species, wherein the modification may take place either inside or outside of the body, and either before or after the predrug reaches the area of the body where administration of the drug is indicated.
The term "patient" refers to a warm-blooded animal, more preferably a human, who/which is awaiting the receipt of, or is receiving medical care or is/will be the object of a medical procedure. The term "human" refers to a subject of both genders and at any stage of development (i.e. neonate, infant, juvenile, adolescent, adult).
The terms "treat", "treating" and "treatment, as used herein, are meant to include alleviating, attenuating or abrogating a condition or disease and/or its attendant symptoms. The terms "prevent", "preventing" and "prevention", as used herein, refer to a method of delaying or precluding the onset of a condition or disease and/or its attendant symptoms, barring a patient from acquiring a condition or disease, or reducing a patient's risk of acquiring a condition or disease.
The term "therapeutically effective amount" (or more simply an "effective amount") as used herein means the amount of active agent or active ingredient (e.g. NK-3 antagonist)that is sufficient to achieve the desired therapeutic or prophylactic effect in the patient to which/whom it is administered.
The term "administration", or a variant thereof (e.g. 'administering"), means providing the active agent or active ingredient (e. g. a NK-3 antagonist), alone or as part of a pharmaceutically acceptable composition, to the patient in whom/which the condition, symptom, or disease is to be treated or prevented.
By "pharmaceutically acceptable" is meant that the ingredients of a pharmaceutical composition are compatible with each other and not deleterious to the patient thereof.
The term "antagonist" as used herein means a compound that competitively or non- competitively binds to a receptor at the same site as an agonist (for example, the endogenous ligand) and does not activate an intracellular response initiated by an active form of the receptor. An antagonist for a specific receptor, therefore, inhibits the intracellular response induced by an agonist to that specific receptor.
The term "sex hormone-dependent disease" as used herein means a disease which is exacerbated by, or caused by, excessive, inappropriate or unregulated sex hormone production. Examples of such diseases in men include but are not limited to benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), prostatic hyperplasia, metastatic prostatic carninoma, testicular cancer, androgen dependent acne, male pattern baldness and precocious puberty in boys. Examples of such diseases in women include but are not limited to endometriosis, abnormal puberty, uterine fibrosis, uterine fibroid tumor, hormone- dependent cancers (ovarian cancer, breast cancer), androgen-producing tumor (virilizing ovarian or adrenal tumor), hyperandrogenism, hirsutism, virilization, polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), premenstrual dysphoric disease (PMDD), HAIR-AN syndrome (hyperandrogenism, insulin resistance and acanthosis nigricans), ovarian hyperthecosis (HAIR-AN with hyperplasia of luteinized theca cells in ovarian stroma), other manifestations of high intraovarian androgen concentrations (e.g. follicular maturation arrest, atresia, anovulation, dysmenorrhea, dysfunctional uterine bleeding, infertility), menorrhagia and adenomyosis (abnormal endometrial growth within the muscle of the uterus).
The term "Psychotic disorders" as used herein means a group of illnesses that affect the mind. These illnesses alter a patient's ability to think clearly, make good judgments, respond emotionally, communicate effectively, understand reality, and behave appropriately. When symptoms are severe, patient with psychotic disorders have difficulty staying in touch with reality and are often unable to meet the ordinary demands of daily life. Psychotic disorders include but are not limited to, schizophrenia, schizophreniform disorder, schizo-affective disorder, delusional disorder, brief psychotic disorder, shared psychotic disorder, psychotic disorder due to a general medical condition, substance-induced psychotic disorder or psychotic disorders not otherwise specified (Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Ed. 4th, American Psychiatric Association, Washington, D.C. 1994).
The term "pharmaceutical vehicle" as used herein means a carrier or inert medium used as solvent or diluent in which the pharmaceutically active agent is formulated and/or administered. Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutical vehicles include creams, gels, lotions, solutions, and liposomes.
The expression "reagent resulting in a N-sp protective group (PG) on the amine nitrogen of the compound of Formula A" means any such reagents that result in a cleavable protective group substitution(s) while retaining the protected nitrogen atom as a tertiary amine, i.e. in the N-sp hybridized form. Specifically N-benzyl and in particular electron-rich substituted N-benzyl; especially N-benzyl substituted by one or more electron donating groups, such as for example alcohol groups, alkoxy groups (especially methoxy), amino groups, alkyl groups; are considered embodiments of the "N-sp protective group" definition above. Examples of such reagents include, but are not limited to, benzaldehyde, 4-methoxybenzaldehyde, 2,4-dimethoxybenzaldehyde, and 2,4,6-trimethoxybenzaldehyde. Examples of N-benzyl or electron-rich substituted N-benzyl protective groups include, but are not limited to N-benzyl, N-4- methoxybenzyl, N-3,4-dimethoxybenzyl, N-3-methoxybenzyl, N-3,5-dimethoxybenzyl, N-2,4,6-trimethoxybenzyl. (See Wuts, P. G. M.; Greene, T. W. In "Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", Wiley-Interscience: New York, 4th Edition, Chap. 7, pp. 696-926, and Kocienski, P. J. In "Protecting Groups", Georg Thieme Verlag: Stuttgart, New York; 3rd Edition, Chap. 8, pp. 487-643).
The present invention will be better understood with reference to the following examples. These examples are intended to representative of specific embodiments of the invention, and are not intended as limiting the scope of the invention.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 shows X-ray crystal structure of compound n° 1 (thermal displacement ellipsoids drawn at the 50% probability level).
Figure 2 shows X-ray crystal structure of compound n° 19 (thermal displacement ellipsoids drawn at the 50% probability level).
Figure 3 shows the effects of a single intravenous 10 mg/kg dose of compound n°l on lutenizing hormone ('LH') plasma levels in castrated male, Sprague-Dawley rats measured 1 hour after dosing. LH levels are expressed as means + S.E.M. The vehicle is 9% 2-hydroxypropyl- -cyclodextrin/H20 (w/w). Vehicle, N = 10 rats; Compound n°l, N = 9 rats.
Figure 4 shows the effects of a single intravenous 10 mg/kg dose of compound n°19 on lutenizing hormone ('LH') plasma levels in castrated male, Sprague-Dawley rats measured 1 hour after dosing. LH levels are expressed as means + S.E.M. The vehicle is 9% 2-hydroxypropyl- -cyclodextrin/H20 (w/w). Vehicle, n=5 rats; Compound n°19, n=5 rats.
Figure 5 shows the effects of a single intravenous 50 mg/kg dose of compound n°l on testosterone plasma levels in male, Sprague-Dawley rats. N=3 rats per treatment group. Testosterone levels were measured just prior to dosing and at times 1, 5, 15, 90, 150, 210 min after dosing to derive a time-response curve. Data are expressed as the testosterone area under the curve ('AUC') ± S.E.M. The vehicle is 9% 2- hydroxypropyl- -cyclodextrin/H20 (w/w). EXAMPLES
CHEMISTRY EXAMPLES
All reported temperatures are expressed in degrees Celsius (°C); all reactions were carried out at room temperature (RT) unless otherwise stated.
All reactions were followed by thin layer chromatography (TLC) analysis (TLC plates, silica gel 60 F254, Merck) was used to monitor reactions, establish silica-gel flash chromatography conditions. All other TLC developing agents/visualization techniques, experimental set-up or purification procedures that were used in this invention, when not described in specific details, are assumed to be known to those conversant in the art and are described in such standard reference manuals as: i) Gordon, A. J.; Ford, R. A. "The Chemist's Companion - A Handbook of Practical Data, Techniques, and References", Wiley: New York, 1972; ii) Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry, Pearson Prentice Hall: London, 1989.
HPLC-MS spectra were typically obtained on an Agilent LCMS using electropsray ionization (ESI). The Agilent instrument includes an autosampler 1200, a binary pump 1100, an ultraviolet multi-wavelength detector 1100 and a 6100 single-quad mass- spectrometer. The chromatography column used was Sunfire 3.5 μιη, C18, 3.0 x 50 mm in dimensions.
Eluent typically used was a mixture of solution A (0.1% TFA in H20) and solution B (0.1% TFA in MeCN). Gradient was applied at a flow rate of 1.3 mL per minute as follows: gradient A: held the initial conditions of 5% solution B for 0.2 min, increased linearly to 95% solution B in 6 min, held at 95% during 1.75 min, returned to initial conditions in 0.25 min and maintained for 2.0 min; gradient B: held the initial conditions of 5% solution B for 0.2 min, increased linearly to 95% in 2.0 min, held at 95% during 1.75 min, returned to initial conditions in 0.25 min and maintained for 2 min. Determination of chiral purity was made using chiral HPLC that was performed on an Agilent 1100 (binary pump and a ultraviolet multi wavelength detector) with manual or automatic (Autosampler 1100) injection capabilities. Columns used were CHIRALPAK IA 5 μιη, 4.6 x 250 mm or CHIRALPAK IB 5 μιη, 4.6 x 250 mm in isocratic mode. Choice of eluent was predicated on the specifics of each separation. Further details concerning the chiral HPLC methods used are provided below.
Method A: column CHIRALPAK IA 5 μιη, 4.6 x 250 mm, eluent: EtOAc plus 0.1% of DEA, flow rate: 1.0 mL per minute; UV detection at 254 nm; column at RT, eluent was used as sample solvent.
Method A' : column CHIRALPAK IA 5 μιη, 4.6 x 250 mm, eluent: EtOAc plus 0.1% of DEA, flow rate: 1.5 mL per minute; UV detection at 254 nm; column at RT, eluent was used as sample solvent.
Method B: column CHIRALPAK IA 5μιη 4.6 x 250 mm, eluent: hexane/isopropanol/dichlormethane (3: 1: 1 v/v) plus 0.1% of DEA, flow rate: 1.0 mL per minute; UV detection at 254 nm, column at RT, eluent was used as sample solvent. Method B' : column CHIRALPAK IA 5μιη 4.6 x 250 mm, eluent: hexane/isopropanol/dichlormethane (3: 1: 1 v/v) plus 0.1% of DEA, flow rate: 1.5 mL per minute; UV detection at 254 nm, column at RT, eluent was used as sample solvent. Method C: column CHIRALPAK IB 5μιη 4.6 x 250mm, eluent: hexane/ethanol (7:3 v/v) plus 0.1% of DEA, flow rate: l.OmL min"1, mL per minute; UV detection at 254 nm, column at RT, eluent was used as sample solvent.
Method C : column CHIRALPAK IA 5μιη 4.6 x 250mm, eluent: hexane/ethanol (1: 1 v/v) plus 0.1% of DEA, flow rate: 1.0 mL per minute; UV detection at 254 nm, column at RT, eluent was used as sample solvent. Preparative HPLC purifications were typically carried out on a Waters FractionLynx instrument. This instrument consists of a fraction collector, a 2767 sample manager, a pump control a module II, a 515 HPLC pump, a 2525 binary gradient module, a switching valve, a 2996 photodiode array detector and a Micromass ZQ mass spectrometer. The chromatography column used was Waters Sunfire 5 μιη, CI 8, 19 x 100 mm, or XBridge 5 μιη, CI 8, 19 x 100mm depending on the type of eluent system employed, i.e. low pH or high pH conditions.
For high-pH HPLC purifications, eluent typically consisted of a mixture of solution A (0.04 M ammonium bicarbonate in H20 plus 0.1% of cone. NH4OH) and solution B was MeCN. The gradient was adapted depending on the impurity profile in each sample purified, thereby allowing sufficient separation between the impurities and the desired compound.
Chiral preparative HPLC purifications were performed on an Agilent 1200 instrument (preparative pump 1200 and ultraviolet multi wavelength detector 1200) with manual injection. The chiral columns used are as follows: CHIRALPAK IA 5 μιη, 20 x 250 mm, CHIRALPAK IA 5 μπι, 10 x 250 mm or a CHIRALPAK IB 5 μπι, 10 x 250 mm. All chiral HPLC methods were employed in an isocratic mode. The eluent mixture was selected based on the analytical chiral HPLC experiment (see above) that provided the best chiral separation. 1H (300 MHz) and 13C NMR (75 MHz) spectra were recorded on a Bruker Avance DRX 300 instrument. Chemical shifts are expressed in parts per million, (ppm, δ units). Coupling constants are expressed in Hertz (Hz). Abbreviations for multiplicities observed in NMR spectra are as follows: s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), q (quadruplet), m (multiplet), br (broad). Solvents, reagents and starting materials were purchased and used as received from commercial vendors unless otherwise specified.
The following abbreviations are used: Boc: ie/t-butoxycarbonyl,
Cpd: compound,
DCM: Dichloromethane,
DEA: diethylamine,
DMA: N,N-dimethylaceetamide,
DMB: 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl,
DMB-CHO: 2,4-dimethoxybenzaldehyde,
DMF: N,N-dimethylformamide,
ee: Enantiomeric excess,
eq: Equivalent(s),
Et: Ethyl ,
EtOAc: Ethyl acetate,
EtOH: Ethanol,
g: Gram(s),
h: Hour(s),
IPA: isopropanol,
L: Liter(s),
MeOH: Methanol,
μΕ: Microliter(s),
mg: Milligram(s),
mL: Milliliter(s),
mmol: Millimole(s),
min: Minute(s),
NMM: N-methylmorpholine
P: UV purity at 254 nm or 215 nm determined by HPLC-MS,
PMB: 4-methoxybenzyl,
PMB-CHO: 4-methoxybenzaldehyde,
RT: Room temperature,
fBu: tert-Butyl,
TFA: trifluoroacetic acid, THF: Tetrahydrofuran,
TLC: Thin layer chromatography,
TMS: trimethylsylil,
Y: Yield. The intermediates and compounds described below were named using ChemDraw' Ultra version 12.0 (CambridgeSoft, Cambridge, MA, USA).
I. Racemic synthesis
I.l. General Synthetic Scheme for racemic synthesis
Most compounds of the invention were synthesized using the methodology described in Scheme 1, which represents the racemic product synthesis. The racemic products were subjected to chiral HPLC for chiral separation.
Figure imgf000108_0001
1.1 1.2 1
Step 2
Figure imgf000108_0002
Step 3 PG
Figure imgf000108_0003
3.1
Step 4 ,Ar1
Figure imgf000108_0004
Scheme 1: General racemic synthetic scheme for the preparation of the compounds of the invention. The general synthetic scheme comprises the following steps:
Step l:Ketopiperazine 1.1 was protected and converted to iminoether 1 by using the Meerwein reagent (Et3OBF4).
Step 2:Ester 2.2 was subsequently converted to acyl hydrazide 2.Ester 2.2 may be obtained be esterification of acid 2.1.
Step 3:Cvclodehvdration between the acyl hydrazide 2 and the iminoether 1 furnished the protected triazolopiperazine 3.1. Thereafter, 3.1was subjected to acidolytic deprotection to obtain 3.
Step 4: The thus obtained triazolopiperazine intermediate 3 was acylated through reaction with the appropriate acid chloride 4.1to obtain the racemic final target structure represented by the general Formula 4. The chiral final compounds were subsequently obtained by purification using preparative chiral HPLC.
1.2. Step 1: Protection and conversion to iminoether 1 Method A: Boc protection and conversion to iminoether 1
Method A is the procedure used for the synthesis of the iminoether intermediates lwith a Boc protection and is detailed below:
Figure imgf000109_0001
Scheme 2: Protection with Boc group and conversion to iminoether 1 Method A is illustrated by the synthesis of intermediates la and lb wherein Rl is H and Me respectively. Synthesis oftert-butyl 3-ethoxy-5,6-dihydropyrazine-l(2H)-carboxylate la
Figure imgf000110_0001
Scheme 3: Synthesis of ie/t-butyl 3-ethoxy-5,6-dihydropyrazine-l(2H)-carboxylate la
To a pre-made solution of triethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (2.3 g, 0.012 mol) in anhydrous DCM (20 mL) was added 1.2a (2 g, 0.01 mol) at 0 °C. After the addition was completed, the ice-bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to RT and stirred for an additional hour (reaction progress monitored by LCMS). Upon completion of the reaction, a saturated solution of NaHC03 (500 mL) was slowly added to the reaction mixture and it was stirred for 5 min. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was further extracted with DCM (200 mL). The combined organic layers were subsequently washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and further dried in vacuo to obtain the title intermediate la as viscous yellow oil. Yield: 2.03 g (88 %).1H NMR (CDC13): δ: 4.1 (q, J = 7.1, 2H), 3.85 (s, 2H), 3.5 (m, 1H), 3.35 (t, J = 5.1, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.3 (t, J = 7.1, 3H). Synthesis oftert-butyl 3-ethoxy-2-methyl-5,6-dihydropyrazine-l(2H)-carboxylate lb.
Figure imgf000110_0002
1.1 b 1.2b 1 b
Scheme 4: Synthesis of iert-butyl 3-ethoxy-2-methyl-5,6-dihydropyrazine- carboxylate lb
Step 1: Synthesis of ie/t-butyl 2-methyl-3-oxopiperazine-l-carboxylate 1.2b NEt3 (20 mL, 145 mmol) was added to a solution of 3-methylpiperazin-2-one 1.1b (15 g, 131 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (200 mL) under N2 at RT. After 10 min stirring, the reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and Boc20 (33 g, 151 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for lh and thereupon washed with 0.5M HC1 (150 mL), brine (150 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated to constant weight furnishing 2.2 as yellow oil (20.2 g, 72 %). LCMS: P = 100 , retention time = 2.0 min, (M+H-iBu)+: 159
Step 2: Synthesis of iert-butyl 3-ethoxy-2-methyl-5,6-dihydropyrazine-l(2H)- carboxylate lb
To a solution of 1.2b (24 g, 87 mol) in anhydrous DCM (250 mL) at 0 °C under N2 atmosphere was added a pre-made solution of triethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (19.92 g, 105 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (50 mL). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to RT and stirred for 30 min whereupon saturated solution of NaHC03 (400 mL) was added. The extracted aqueous layer was then washed with DCM (200 ml) and the combined organic extracts were subsequently washed with brine (300 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and further dried in vacuo to obtain the title intermediate lbas colorless oil. (20.7 g, 98 ).LCMS: P = 98 , retention time = 1.8 min, (M+H+H20)+: 261; 1H- NMR (CDC13): δ 4.30 (br, 1H), 4.11-4.01 (m, 2H), 3.84 (br, 1H), 3.48-3.40 (m, 2H), 2.90 (br, 1H), 1.32 (d, J = 6.9, 3H), 1.26 (t, J = 7.1, 3H).
Method B: Protection using benzyl derivative protecting groups such as DMB and conversion to iminoether 1
Method B is the procedure used for the synthesis of the iminoether intermediates lwith a benzyl derivative protecting group such as DMB and is detailed below:
Figure imgf000112_0001
1.1 1.2 (DMB) 1 (DMB)
Scheme 5: Protection with DMB group and conversion to iminoether 1
Method B is illustrated by the synthesis of intermediates lc and Id wherein Rl and the protecting group is DMB and PMB respectively. Synthesis of l-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-5-ethoxy-6-methyl-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyrazine lc
Figure imgf000112_0002
1.1b 1.2c 1c
Scheme 6: Synthesis of l-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-5-ethoxy-6-methyl-l,2,3,6- tetrahydropyrazine lc
Step 1: Synthesis 4-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-3-methylpiperazin-2-one 1.2c In a round-bottom flask, were sequentially introduced 3-methylpiperazin-2-one (10 g, 88 mmol), 2,4-dimethoxybenzaldehyde (16 g, 96 mmol), acetic acid (6.5 ml, 114 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (22.3 g, 105 mmol) in commercial anhydrous acetonitrile (750 mL), at RT, under N2 atmosphere. The reaction was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched carefully at 0 °C with saturated NaHC03 solution (100 mL) until no more bubbling was observed. Aqueous and organic layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 300 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound as yellow oil. The crude compound was then purified on silica gel (DCM/MeOH: 98/2 to 95/5) to afford the desired product 1.2c as a pale yellow oil (20.6 g, 78 mmol, 89 %). LCMS: P = 97 %, retention time = 1.6 min, (M+H)+: 265.
In the case of PMB and TMB protection, 4-methoxybenzaldehyde or 2,4,6- trimethoxybenzaldehyde was used instead of 2,4-dimethoxybenzaldehyde to furnish 4- (4-methoxybenzyl)-3-methylpiperazin-2-one or 4-(2,4,6-trimethoxy benzyl)-3- methylpiperazin-2-one.
Step 2: l-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-5-ethoxy-6-methyl- l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyrazine lc
Oven-dried (115°C) sodium carbonate (18.6 g, 98 mmol, 2.25 eq.) was placed in a 500 mL round-bottom flask. The round-bottom flask was backfilled with Ar and then capped with a rubber septum. A solution of 4-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-3- methylpiperazin-2-one 1.2c (20.6 g, 78 mmol, 1 eq.) in anhydrous DCM (250 mL) was added, followed by triethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (18.6g, 98 mmol, 1.25 eq.) in one portion. Thereafter, the reaction mixture was stirred further at RT for 1 h whereupon the reaction mixture was diluted with water (250 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3 x 150 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was then purified on silica gel (EtOAc) to afford the desired product leas orange oil. Yield: 13.2 g, 58 %. LCMS: P = 93 , retention time = 1.8 min, (M+H+H20)+: S l l ^H-NMR (CDC13): δ 7.23 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 4.02 (m, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.86 (d, JAB= 14.0 Hz, 1H), 3.46 (d, JAB= 14.0 Hz, 1H), 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.10 (m, 1H), 2.79 (m, 1H), 2.32 (m, 1H), 1.35 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.24 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 3H).
Starting step 2 from 4-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3-methylpiperazin-2-one allowed to isolate 1- (4-methoxybenzyl)-5-ethoxy-6-methyl-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyrazine Id. LCMS: P = 95 %, retention time = 1.8 min, (M+H+H20)+: 281.
1.3. Step 2: Formation of acyl hydrazide 2 Method C: acyl hvdrazide2
Method C is the procedure used for the synthesis of the acyl hydrazides2and is detailed below:
Figure imgf000114_0001
Scheme 7: Formation of acylhydrazide 2
Method C is illustrated by the synthesis of intermediate 2a, 2k and 2r.
Synthesis of2-methylthiazole-4-carbohydrazide 2a
Figure imgf000114_0002
2.2a 2a
Scheme 8: Synthesis of 2-methylthiazole-4-carbohydrazide 2a In a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a condenser, ethyl 2-methylthiazole-4- carboxylate 2.2a (10 g, 58.4 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous EtOH (25 mL) and treated at RT with hydrazine monohydrate (17.0 mL, 354.4 mmol, 6 eq.). The resulting yellow solution was heated at reflux temperature for 14 h. After allowing the reaction mixture to come to RT, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 13.4 g of a brown oil. Co-evaporations using 3 x 200 mL of a mixture of commercial anhydrous DCM:MeOH (1: 1) were performed to remove residual water. The residue was then recrystallized from hot EtOH (60 mL). The obtained crystals were filtered and washed with cooled (0 °C) EtOH (2 x 30 mL). The orange solid was dried under vacuum for 1 h to afford 2a. Yield: 5.85 g, 64 %. LCMS: P = 100 %, retention time = 0.5 min, (M+H)+: 158; 1H-NMR (CDC13): δ 8.32 (br, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 4.07 (br, 2H), 2.70 (s, 3H).
In one embodiment 1.2 to 20 equivalents of hydrazine hydrate was used to carry out this reaction using a temperature range from RT to reflux.
In one embodiment, hydrazide 2 was recrystallized and/or precipitated.
The following intermediates were also prepared from the ad hoc carboxylic acids, methyl or ethyl esters using General Method C: intermediate 2b: 2-trifluoromethylthiazole-4-carbohydrazide, methyl ester precursor was previously synthesized using conventional esterification method (such as TMS-Cl in methanol) from commercially available acid;
intermediate 2c: 2-ethylthiazole-4-carbohydrazide;
intermediate 2d: 2-vinylthiazole-4-carbohydrazide, iert-butyl 2-(4- (hydrazinecarbonyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethylcarbamate was used as precursor of the vinyl moiety, commercially available ethyl 2-(2-aminoethyl)thiazole-4-carboxylate dihydrochloride was previously Boc-protected and then esterified using conventional methods;
intermediate 2e: 2-methyloxazole-4-carbohydrazide;
intermediate 2f: 2-i5Opropyloxazole-4-carbohydrazide, ethyl ester precursor was previously synthesized from condensation of isObutyramide and ethyl 3-bromo-2- oxopropanoate according to WO2009/70485 Al;
intermediate 2g: 2-cyclopropyloxazole-4-carbohydrazide, ethyl ester was made as described above;
intermediate 2h: 2,5-dimethylthiazole-4-carbohydrazide, methyl ester precursor was previously synthesized using conventional esterification method (such as TMS-Cl in methanol) from commercially available acid; intermediate 2i: tert-butyl (4-(hydrazinecarbonyl)thiazol-2-yl)carbamate, ethyl 2-((tert- butoxycarbonyl)amino)thiazole-4-carboxylate precursor was previously Boc-protected using conventional method.
intermediate 2j: 2-i5Opropylthiazole-4-carbohydrazide. Synthesis of 4-methylthiazole-2-carbohydrazide 2k
Figure imgf000116_0001
2.2k 2k
Scheme 9: Synthesis of 4-methylthiazole-2-carbohydrazide 2k
In a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a condenser, 4-methylthiazole-2- carboxylate 2.2k (500 mg, 2.92 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous EtOH (5 mL) and treated at RT with hydrazine monohydrate (216 μί, 4.46 mmol, 1.5 eq.). The resulting solution was heated at reflux temperature for 18 hours. After allowing the reaction mixture to come to RT, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and the obtained crude was purified on a pad of silica (eluent: DCM/MeOH: 100/0 to 97/3) to afford 266 mg of 2kas a white solid (266 mg, 1.69 mmol, 57 %). LCMS: P = 90 %, retention time = 0.7 min, (M+H)+: 158.
The following intermediates were also prepared from the ad hoc carboxylic acids methyl or ethyl esters using General Method C:
Intermediate 21: 4,5-dimethylthiazole-2-carbohydrazide, prepared from ester 5.3. This latter was prepared in two steps from commercial thiazole 5.1 (procedure adapted from Castells, J. et al, Tetrahedron Lett., 19^5, 26, 5457-5458).
Figure imgf000117_0001
2.01 2.11 2.21
Scheme 10: Synthesis of methyl 4,5-dimethylthiazole-2-carboxylate 2.21
Step /."Synthesis of 4,5-dimethylthiazole-2-carboxylic acid 2.11.
A solution of 2.01 (3.0 g, 25.7 mmol, 1 eq.) in dry THF (50 mL) was degassed using vaccum pump and backfilled with N2 (repeated three times). The solution was then cooled to -78°C and w-butyllithium (2.5M in hexanes, 11.3 mL, 28.3 mmol, 1.1 eq.) was added. The solution was stirred for 30 min at -78°C and then the solution was placed under C02 atmosphere (bubbling directly into the solution). After 1 hour of stirring at - 78°C, the solution was allowed to warm to room temperature. HCl IN (25 mL) and EtOAc (200 mL) were added. After separation of both phases, the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (2 x 100 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with water, dried over Mgs04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford acid 2.11 (3.0 g, 6.30 mmol) which was used in the next step without further purification. Step 2: Synthesis of methyl 4,5-dimethylthiazole-2-carboxylate 2.21
To a solution of acid 2.11 (3.0 g, 6.30 mmol, 1 eq.) in commercial dry MeOH (12 mL) was added at RT chlorotrimethylsilane (4.0 mL, 31.5 mmol, 5 eq.) dropwise. The resulting solution was stirred at 60°C for 14 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled down to RT, diluted with DCM (100 mL) and quenched with a saturated solution of NaHC03 (50 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (2 x 50 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (100 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluent Pet. Ether / EtOAc: 100/0 to 80/20) to afford 2.21 (1.32 g, 7.7 mmol, 55 %). LCMS: P = 33 , retention time = 2.1 min, (M+H)+: 172. Intermediate 2m: 3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazole-5-carbohydrazide, prepared from ester 2.2m using General Method C. This latter was prepared in one step from acetimidamide 2.0m (adapted from Street Leslie J. et al, J. Med. Chem., 2004, 47(14), 3642-3657).
Figure imgf000118_0001
2.0m 2.2m
Scheme 11 : Synthesis of ethyl 3-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazole-5-carboxylate 2.2m
To a solution of (E)-N'-hydroxyacetimidamide 2.0m (1.0 g, 13.50 mmol, 1 eq.) and pyridine (4.35 mL, 54.0 mmol, 4 eq.) in dry DCM (40 mL) was added at RT ethyloxalyl chloride (2.4 g, 18.0 mmol, 1.3 eq.). The solution was stirred at reflux for 14 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled down to RT and quenched with NH4C1 sat. (30 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (2 x 50 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with NaHC03 sat. (50 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 2.2m as yellow oil (1.32 g, 8.45 mmol, 63 %) which was used in the next step without further purification. LCMS: P = 92 , retention time = 2.0 min, (M+H)+: 157. Intermediate 2n: 3-methyl-l,2,4-thiadiazole-5-carbohydrazide, prepared from ester 2.2m using General Method C. This latter was prepared in one step from acetamide 2.0n, reagents 2.0n' and 2.0n" (adapted from US5583092A1).
Figure imgf000118_0002
2. On 2.0iV 2. On 2.2n
Scheme 12: Synthesis of methyl 3-methyl-l,2,4-thiadiazole-5-carboxylate 2.2n A solution of 2.0n (500 mg, 8.46 mmol, 1 eq.), and 2.0n' (820 μΐ,, 9.31 mmol, 1.2 eq.) in dry toluene (23 mL) was stirred at reflux for 2 hours. The solvent was then evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved again in toluene (11.3 mL). 2.0n" (2.0 mL, 25.4 mmol, 3 eq.) was added to the solution and the resulting mixture was stirred at reflux for 4 hours. The solvent was evaporated and the obtained crude was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluent: DCM 100%) to obtain the desired ester 2.2n (150 mg, 0.95 mmol, 11 %) as a brown oil. LCMS: P = 97 %, retention time = 1.8 min, (M+H)+: 159.
Intermediate 2o: 4-methyloxazole-2-carbohydrazide. Prepared from ester 2.2o using General Method C. This latter was prepared in one step from 4-methyloxazole 2.0o.
Figure imgf000119_0001
2.0o 2.2o
Scheme 13: Synthesis of methyl 4-methyloxazole-2-carboxylate 2.2o
To a solution of 2.0o (1.0 g, 12.0 mmol, 1 eq.) in commercially dry THF (50 mL) was added at -78°C under Ar atmosphere w-BuLi (2.5M in hexanes, 5.30 mL, 13.24 mmol, 1.1 eq.). After 30 minutes of stirring at -78°C, ethylchloroformate (1.16 mL, 12.13 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was added dropwise. After 30 minutes of stirring, the dry ice bath was removed and the resulting solution was allowed to warm to RT and stirred for 14 hours. HC1 IN (15 mL) and EtOAc (30 mL) were added. After separation of both phases, the aquous phase was extracted with DCM (2 x 10 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (20 mL), dried over Mgs04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluent: DCM / MeOH : 100 / 0 to 99.5 / 0.5) to afford ester 2.2o (240 mg, 1.55 mmol, 13 %) as a colorless oil. LCMS: P = 96 %, retention time = 2.0 min, (M+H)+: 156. Intermediate 2p: 3-isv9propyl-l,2,4-thiadiazole-5-carbohydrazide, prepared from ester 2.2p using General Method C. This latter was prepared in one step from isObutyramide 2.0p, reagents 2.0p'and 2.0p"as depicted below.
Figure imgf000120_0001
2.0p 2.0p' 2.0p" 2.2p
Scheme 14: Synthesis of methyl 3-isv9propyl-l,2,4-thiadiazole-5-carboxylate 2.2p
A solution of 2.0p (500 mg, 5.74 mmol, 1 eq.), and 2.0p' (555 μί, 6.31 mmol, 1.2 eq.) in dry toluene (15 mL) was stirred at reflux for 2 hours. The solvent was then evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved again in toluene (7.6 mL). 2.0p" (900 μί, 11.34 mmol, 2 eq.) was added to the solution and the resulting mixture was stirred at reflux for 4 hours. The solvent was evaporated and the obtained crude 2.2p (587 mg, 3.15 mmol, 55 %) was used in the next step without further purification. LCMS: P = 45 %, retention time = 2.3 min, (M+H)+: 187.
Intermediate 2q: l,3-dimethyl-lH-pyrazole-5-carbohydrazide was prepared from commercial ethyl ester using General Method C. Synthesis of 6-methylpicolinohydrazide 2r.
Figure imgf000120_0002
2.1 r 2.2r 2r
Scheme 15: Synthesis of 6-methylpicolinohydrazide 2r. Step 1: Synthesis of methyl 6-methylpicolinate 2.2r To a solution of 6-methylpicolinic acid 2.1r (3 g, 21.88 mmol) in anhydrous MeOH (70 niL) at RT under N2 atmosphere was added TMS-C1 (13.88 mL, 109 mmol). The reaction mixture was left stirring at 60 °C overnight whereupon the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 5.51 g of yellow oil used without further purification in next step. LCMS: P = 95 %, retention time = 1.02 min, (M+H)+: 152.
Step 2: Synthesis of6-methylpicolinohydrazide 2r
To a solution of crude methyl 6-methylpicolinate 2.2r (5.51 g, 21.88 mmol) in EtOH (22 mL) at RT was added hydrazine monohydrate (10.61 mL, 219 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 90 min. After allowing the reaction mixture to reach RT, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel chromatography (eluent: DCM/MeOH: 100/0 to 96/4) to afford the desired product 2ras white solid (2.34 g, 15.48 mmol, 71%). LCMS: P = 100 %, retention time = 0.54 min, (M+H)+: 152.
In one embodiment 2.5 to 20 equivalents of hydrazine hydrate was used to carry out this reaction using a temperature range from RT to reflux.
In one embodiment, hydrazide 2 was recrystallized and/or precipitated. The following intermediates were also prepared from the ad hoc carboxylic acids or carboxylic acid ethyl ester using General Method C: intermediate 2s: 6-hydroxypicolinohydrazide,
intermediate 2t: 6-bromopicolinohydrazide.
1.4. Step 3: Cyclodehydration leading to triazolopiperazine 3 Method D: Cvclodehvdration and acvdolysis- Boc protection
Method D is the procedure used for the synthesis of the triazolopiperazine 3 and is detailed below:
Figure imgf000122_0001
Scheme 16: Cyclodehydratation leading to triazolopiperazine 3
Method D is illustrated by the synthesis of intermediates 3a, 3f and 3g wherein the protecting group is Boc. Synthesis of 2-methyl-4-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazole hydrochloride 3a.
Figure imgf000122_0002
1 a 2a 3.1 a 3a
Scheme 17: Synthesis of 2-methyl-4-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3- yl)thiazole hydrochloride 3a Step 1: Synthesis of iert-butyl 8-methyl-3-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)-5,6-dihydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine-7(8H)-carboxylate3.1a
In a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a condenser, imino-ether lb (1.089 g, 4.77 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in commercial anhydrous EtOH (20 mL), to which was added 2-methylthiazole-4-carbohydrazide 2a (750 mg, 4.77 mmol, 1 eq.) in one portion. The resulting solution was stirred under reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled down to RT and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude compound was then purified on silica gel (DCM/MeOH: 99/1 to 98/2) to afford the desired product 3.1a as white solid (1.07 g, 3.33 mmol, 70%). LCMS: P = 100 %, retention time = 2.1 min, (M+H)+: 321. Step 2 Synthesis of 2-methyl-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazolehydrochloride 3a
HCl 4M solution in 1,4-dioxane (8.32 mL, 33.3 mmol) was added in one portion to a solution of 3.1a (1.07 g, 3.33 mmol) in commercial isopropanol (20 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 60°C. After 1.5 h (complete conversion by LC-MS), the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and then further cooled to 0 °C with an ice bath. Thereupon, 10 mL of Et20 was added. After 15 min stirring, the precipitate was filtered and dried in vacuo to afford 3a as white solid. Yield: 736 mg (86%). LCMS: P = 97 %, retention time = 0.5 min, (M+H)+: 222.
The following intermediates were also prepared from the ad hoc reagents and intermediates using General Method D: intermediate 3b: 4-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-2- (trifluoromethyl)thiazole hydrochloride, from intermediates la and 2b;
intermediate 3c: 4-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-2- vinylthiazole, from intermediates la and 2d then the Boc aminoethyl derivative obtained 3.1cwas deprotected in acidic conditions (as step 2 above using only 2 eq of HCl in dioxane) followed by dimethylamine elimination (using 10 eq of NaH and Mel at RT), then vinyl derivative 3.1cobtained was subjected to step 2 above to afford 3c; intermediate 3d: 4-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-2- isopropyloxazole hydrochloride, from intermediates la and 2f;
intermediate 3e: 2-i5Opropyl-4-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3- yl)thiazole hydrochloride, from intermediates la and 2j. Synthesis of 4-methyl-2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazole 3f
HCI
Figure imgf000124_0001
1a 2k 3.1f 3f
Scheme 18: Synthesis of 4-methyl-2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3- yl)thiazole 3f
Step 1: Synthesis of iert-butyl 3-(4-methylthiazol-2-yl)-5,6-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazine-7(8H)-carboxylate 3.1f
Imino-ether la (148 mg, 0.649 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous EtOH (3 mL) at RT, to which was added 2-methylthiazole-4-carbohydrazide 2k(102 mg, 0.649 mmol, 1 eq.). The resulting solution was stirred under reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude compound was then purified on silica gel (DCM/MeOH: 99/1 to 98/2) to afford the desired product 3.1f as yellow solid (174 mg, 83 %). LCMS: P = 93 , retention time = 2.2 min, (M+H)+: 322.
Step 2 Synthesis of 2-methyl-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazolehydrochloride 3f
4M HCI in dioxane (2.71 mL, 10.83 mmol) was added to a solution of Boc-triazolo- piperazine 3.1f (1.07 g, 3.33 mmol) in isopropanol (3 mL) at RT. The reaction mixture was stirred at 60°C. After 1.5 h (complete conversion by LC-MS), the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and then further cooled to 0°C with an ice bath. Thereupon, 5 mL of Et20 was added. After 30 min stirring, the precipitate was filtered off and dried in vacuo to afford 3fas a white solid (132 mg, 95 %). LCMS: P = 97 %, retention time = 0.9 min, (M+H)+: 222.
Synthesis of 8-methyl-3-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo [4,3- ajpyrazine 3g.
Figure imgf000125_0001
Scheme 19: Synthesis of 8-methyl-3-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-
[l,2,4]triazolo [4,3-a]pyrazine3g
Step 1: Synthesis of ie/t-butyl 8-methyl-3-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)-5,6-dihydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine-7(8H)-carboxylate3.1g
Iminoether lb(468 mg, 1.93 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous EtOH (2 mL), to which was added carbohydrazide 2r(270 mg, 1.79 mmol, 1 eq.). The resulting mixture was stirred at 135 °C in oil bath for 63 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to reach RT whereupon volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The crude compound was then purified using silica gel chromatography (DCM/MeOH: 99/1 to 98/2) to afford the desired product 3.1g as yellow oil (380 mg, 1.15 mmol, 65 %). LCMS: P = 95 %, retention time = 2.2 min, (M+H)+: 330.
Step 2: Synthesis of 8-methyl-3-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine3gdihydrochloride salt
4M HCI in dioxane (5.77 mL, 23.07mmol) was added to a solution of 3.1g (380 mg, 1.15 mmol) in isopropanol (lOmL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was allowed reach RT and then further cooled to 0 °C. The precipitate eventually obtained was filtered and dried in vacuo to afford 3gas yellow solid.(367 mg, quant.). LCMS: P = 92 %, retention time = 0.2 min, (M+H)+: 230.
The following intermediates were also prepared from the ad hoc reagents and intermediates using General Method D: intermediate 3h: 6-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3- yl)pyridin-2-ol hydrochloride salt, from intermediates lcand 2s;
intermediate 3i: 3-(6-bromopyridin-2-yl)-8-methyl-5, 6,7, 8-tetrahydro-[ 1,2,4] triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine dihydrochloride salt, from intermediates lband 2t.
Method E: Cvclodehvdration and acvdolysis - DMB protection
Method E is the procedure used for the synthesis of the triazolopiperazine 3 and is detailed below:
Figure imgf000126_0001
3.1 (DMB)
Scheme 20: Cyclodeshydratation leading to triazolopiperazine 3 Method E is illustrated by the synthesis of intermediates 3jand3qwherein the protecting group is DMB.
Synthesis of 2-ethyl-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3- yl)thiazole 3j.
Figure imgf000127_0001
Scheme 21: Synthesis of 2-ethyl-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazole 3j
Step 1: Synthesis of4-(7-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-2-ethylthiazole3.1j
In a 10 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a condenser, imino-ether lc(790 mg, 2.70 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous EtOH (2.5 mL), to which was added 2- methylthiazole-4-carbohydrazide 2c (462 mg, 2.70 mmol, 1 eq.) in one portion. The resulting solution was stirred at 135 °C overnight. Thereafter, the reaction mixture was brought to RT and the volatiles removed under reduced pressure. The crude compound was then purified using silica gel chromatography (DCM/MeOH: 99/1 to 98/2) to afford the desired product 3.1j as yellow solid (837 mg, 2.10 mmol, 78 %). LCMS: P = 97 , retention time = 1.9 min, (M+H)+: 400.
Step 2 Synthesis of 2-ethyl-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazole3j
In a round-bottom flask containing 10 ml DCM was added 4-(7-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)- 8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-2-ethylthiazole 3.1j (0.837 g, 2.10 mmol). Then, TFA (10.48 mL, 141 mmol), was added to the reaction mixture at RT. After 30 min stirring, the mixture was concentrated. Then ca 25 mL DCM was added to the residue thus obtained, and washed with saturated NaHC03 (15 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted twice with 25 mL of DCM, the organic layers were washed with 25 mL of brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain crude 3e as a pink oil (500 mg, 96 %). The crude 3jwas directly used in the next step without further purification.
In one embodiment, alternative work-up equally used involved treatment of the dried residue obtained above with 4 M HCl/dioxane (20 eq.) at RT under stirring. After 5 min, Et20 was added to help precipitation. This precipitate was filtered off under vacuum, washed with Et20 and dried under high vacuum to furnish 3j.
The following intermediates were also prepared from the ad hoc reagents and intermediates using General Method E: intermediate 3k: 4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-2- vinylthiazole from intermediates lcand 2d; the Boc aminoethyl derivative 3.1kisolated after condensation was first Boc-deprotected (8 eq of HCl/dioxane). Following dimethylamine elimination (using 10 eq of NaH and Mel at RT), the vinyl moiety obtained was then DMB-deprotected as in step 2 above to furnish 3k;
intermediate 31: 2-methyl-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin- 3-yl)oxazole, from intermediates lcand 2e;
intermediate 3m2-isopropyl-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)oxazole, from intermediates lcand 2f;
intermediate 3n: 2-cyclopropyl-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)oxazole, from intermediates lcand 2g;
intermediate 3o: 2,5-dimethyl-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazole, from intermediates lcand 2h;
intermediate 3p: 4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3- yl)thiazol-2-amine, from intermediates lcand 2g.
Synthesis of 4,5-dimethyl-2-(8-methyl-5,6, 7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin- 3-yl)thiazole hydrochloride 3q.
Figure imgf000129_0001
Scheme 22: Synthesis of 4,5-dimethyl-2-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazole hydrochloride 3q Step 1: Synthesis of 2-(7-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-4,5-dimethylthiazole 3.1q.
Iminoether Id (768 mg, 2.63 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous EtOH (5 mL), to which was added 4,5-dimethylthiazole-2-carbohydrazide 21(450 mg, 2.63 mmol, 1 eq.) and the resultant reaction mixture was refluxed for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was then brought to RT and the volatiles was removed under reduced pressure, whereupon the isolated crude was purified using silica gel chromatography (DCM/MeOH: 100/0 to 98/2) to afford the desired product 3.1q (786 mg, 1.93 mmol, 74 %). LCMS: P = 65 , retention time = 1.9 min, (M+H)+: 400.
Step 2: Synthesis of 4,5-dimethyl-2-(8-methyl-5,6, 7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazole 3c.
To 3.1q (0.786 g, 1.97 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (6.6 mL) at RT was added TFA (9.1 mL, 148 mmol) and the mixture refluxed for 30 min whereupon the volatiles were removed under vacuum. 4M HCl in dioxane (5 mL, 20 mmol) was added dropwise at RT with stirring. After 5 min, Et20 was added to help precipitation of the product, whereupon it was filtered, washed with Et20 and dried under vacuum to afford 3q(729 mg, 100 %). LCMS: P = 100 , retention time = 1.6 min, (M+H)+: 250. In one embodiment 20 eq. of TFA at RT in DCM (1: 1 mixture DCM/TFA v/v) was used to carry out this reaction.
The following intermediates were also prepared from the ad hoc reagents and intermediates using General Method E: intermediate 3r: 3-methyl-5-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin- 3-yl)-l,2,4-oxadiazole hydrochloride, from intermediates lc and 2m;
intermediate 3s: 3-methyl-5-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin- 3-yl)-l,2,4-thiadiazole hydrochloride, from intermediates lc and 2n;
intermediate 3t: 4-methyl-2-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin- 3-yl)oxazole hydrochloride, from intermediates lc and 2o;
intermediate 3u:. 3-isopropyl-5-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)-l,2,4-thiadiazole hydrochloride, from intermediates lc and 2p.
Method F: Cvclodehvdration and acvdolysis - PMB protection Method F is the procedure used for the synthesis of the triazolopiperazine 3 and is detailed below:
Figure imgf000130_0001
Scheme 23: Cyclodeshydratation leading to triazolopiperazine 3 Method F is illustrated by the synthesis of intermediate 3vwherein the protecting group is PMB.
Synthesis of 4-methyl-2-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3- yl)thiazole 3v
Figure imgf000131_0001
1d 2k 3.1v 3v
Scheme 24: Synthesis of 4-methyl-2-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazole 3v
Step 1: Synthesis of 2-(7-(4-methoxybenzyl)-8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-4-methylthiazole 3.1v.
Imino-ether ld(444 mg, 1.69 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous EtOH (5 mL), to which was added 2-methylthiazole-4-carbohydrazide 2k(266 mg, 1.69 mmol, 1 eq.) and the resultant solution was refluxed for 24 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude compound was then purified on silica gel (DCM/MeOH: 99/1 to 98/2) to afford the desired product 3.1v as a pale yellow solid (383 mg, 1.07 mmol, 64 %). LCMS: P = 75 %, retention time = 1.9 min, (M+H)+: 356.
Step 2 : Synthesis of 4-methyl-2-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazole 3v. Anhydrous DCM (2.5 mL) was added at RT to 2-(7-(4-methoxybenzyl)-8-methyl- 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-4-methylthiazole 3.1v (443 mg, 1.246 mmol, 1 eq.). TFA (2.5 mL, 33.5 mmol, 27 eq.) was then added and the reaction mixture refluxed for 15h. The reaction was quenched by addition of NaHC03 sat. solution. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was basified to pH ~ 14 with NaOH 1M solution and was extracted with DCM (3 x 70 mL). Combined organic layers were washed with brine (-70 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 3vafter vacuum during for 3 h without mass variation. (342 mg, 100%). LCMS: P = 100 %, retention time = 1.2 min, (M+H)+: 236.
The following intermediate was also prepared from the ad hoc reagents and intermediates using General Method F:
Intermediate 3w: 3-(l,3-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine, from intermediates ldand 2q.
1.5. Step 4: Acylation leading to final products Method G: Acylation and chiral HPLC purification
Method G is the procedure used for the synthesis of the racemic product 4 and its purification to obtain final compounds n°X of general Formula I. Method G is detailed below:
3 +
Figure imgf000132_0001
Scheme 25: Acylation and chiral HPLC purification
Method G is illustrated by the synthesis of compounds n°5, 19, 29 and 33of general Formula I.
Synthesis of (3-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl)-8-methyl-5,6-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-7(8H)-yl)(4-(thiophen-2-yl)phenyl)methanone 4a and (R)-(3-(2- ethylthiazol-4-yl)-8-methyl-5, 6-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[ 4,3-a Jpyrazin- 7( 8H)-yl)( 4- (thiophen-2-yl)phenyl)methanone compound n° 5.
Figure imgf000133_0001
3j 4.1a 4a compound n° 5
Scheme 26: Synthesis of compounds 4a and n°5 To a solution of crude 3j(250 mg, 1.003 mmol, 1 eq.) in anhydrous DCM (10 mL) were added, at RT, 4-(thiophen-2-yl)benzoyl chloride 4.1a(290 mg, 1.303 mmol, 1.3 eq.), followed by N-methylmorpholine (0.359 mL, 3.51 mmol, 3.5 eq.) dropwise over 15 sec. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 10 minutes and the milky suspension was poured into 10 mL of 1 M HCl solution. The aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 10 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with 1 M NaOH (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over MgS04 and evaporated to dryness. The residue was solubilized in DCM (4 mL) and Et20 was slowly added (5 mL) to induce precipitation. The solid was filtered off, washed with 2 mL of Et20 and dried under vacuum to afford 4a as yellow powder (234 mg, 0.537 mmol, 54%). LCMS: P = 97 %, retention time = 2.4 min, (M+H)+: 436. 4a was purified by chiral preparative HPLC according to the abovementioned method to yield title compound n° 5 as a white powder. LCMS: P = 100 %, retention time = 4.3 min, (M+H)+: 436; Chiral HPLC retention time: 14.0 min; ee > 99 ; 1H-NMR (CDC13): δ 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J= 8.2, 2H), 7.47 (d, J= 8.2, 2H), 7.31 (m, 2H), 7.12 (m, 1H), 5.77 (br, 1H), 4.83 (m, 1H), 4.63 (br, 1H), 4.26 (m, 1H), 3.53 (m, 1H), 3.07 (d, J= 7.5, 2H), 1.74 (d, J= 6.9, 3H), 1.43 (t, J= 7.5, 3H).
Synthesis of (8-methyl-3-(4-methylthiazol-2-yl)-5,6-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-7(8H)-yl)(4-(thiophen-2-yl)phenyl)methanone 4b and (R)-( H-methyl-3-( 4- methylthiazol-2-yl)-5,6-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-7
yl)phenyl)methanone compound n° 19.
Figure imgf000134_0001
3v 4.1a 4b compound n° 19
Scheme 27: Synthesis of compounds 4b and n°19 To a solution of 3v(342 mg, 1.25 mmol, 1 eq.) in commercial anhydrous DCM (12 mL) at RT were added 4-(thiophen-2-yl)benzoyl chloride 4.1a(326 mg, 1.464 mmol, 1.17 eq.), followed by N-methylmorpholine (0.128 mL, 1.25 mmol, 1.0 eq.) dropwise over 15 sec. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 15 minutes and then diluted with DCM (60 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (40 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified on silica gel (DCM/MeOH: 98/2) to afford 4b as yellow oil with 88 % purity by LCMS. Diethylether (10 mL) was added on obtained oil and mixture was sonicated. A white solid precipitated and was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and diethylether (5 mL) was added on the residue. After sonication, a second white precipitate was filtered. Both precipitates were merged to afford 4b as white solid (189 mg, 36 %). LCMS: P = 99 , retention time = 4.4 min, (M+H)+: 422.
4b was purified by chiral preparative HPLC according to the abovementioned method to yield title compound n° 19as white powder. LCMS: P = 100 %, retention time = 4.3 min, (M+H)+: 422; Chiral HPLC retention time: 6.6 min, ee = 94 ; 1H-NMR (CDC13): δ 7.70 (d, J = 8.2, 2H), 7.48 (d, J = 8.2, 2H), 7.40-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.13-7.11 (m, 1H), 7.00 (m, 1H), 5.81 (br, 1H), 4.95 (dd, J, = 3.3, J2 = 14.0, 1H), 4.60 (br, 1H), 4.27 (td, J, = 3.9, J2 = 12.7, 1H), 3.51 (m, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 1.75 (d, j = 6.9, 3H).
When hydrochloride salt of 3 was used, 2.2 eq. of N-methylmorpholine were added.
Synthesis of compound n° 29: (R)-[l,l '-biphenyl]-4-yl(8-methyl-3-(6-methylpyridin-2- yl)-5, 6-dihydro-[ l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a ]pyrazin-7( 8H)-yl)methanone.
Figure imgf000135_0001
3g 4.1c 4c compound n° 29
Scheme 28: Synthesis of compounds 4c and n°29
To a solution of 3g(500 mg, 1.65 mmol, 1 eq.) in anhydrous DCM (10 mL) were added at RT [l,l'-biphenyl]-4-carbonyl chloride4.1c(430 mg, 1.98 mmol, 1.2 eq.), followed by N-methylmorpholine (507 μί, 4.96 mmol, 3.00 eq.). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. whereupon saturated NaHC03 solution (10 mL) and DCM (5 mL) were added to the reaction mixture. The organic phase was extracted, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified using silica gel chromatography (eluent: DCM/MeOH: 98:2) to afford 268 mg of 4c. LCMS: P = 98 %, retention time = 4.2 min, (M+H)+: 410.
4c was purified by chiral preparative HPLC according to the abovementioned method to yield title compound n°29as a white powder. LCMS: P = 100 %, retention time = 4.2 min, (M+H)+: 410; Chiral HPLC retention time: 4.7 min; ee > 99 %. 1H-NMR (CDC13): δ 8.11 (d, J= 7.7, 1H), 7.67-7.40 (m, 10H), 7.20 (d, J= 6.7, 1H), 5.78 (bs, 1H), 5.00 (dd, / = 3.3, J2= 14.0, 1H), 4.67 (br, 1H), 4.37 (m, 1H), 3.51 (m, 1H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 1.76 (d, J= 6.9, 3H).
The procedure used for the synthesis of compound n° 33is the following:
Figure imgf000136_0001
3i 4.1a 4d
Figure imgf000136_0002
4e compound n°33
Scheme 29: Synthesis of compound n°33. Step 1: Synthesis of (3-(6-bromopyridin-2-yl)-8-methyl-5,6-dihydro-[ 1,2,4] triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-7(8H)-yl)(4-(thiophen-2-yl)phenyl)methanone4d
4d was prepared from 3i and 4.1a according to General Method G.
Step 2: Synthesis of6-(8-methyl-7-(4-(thiophen-2-yl)benzoyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)picolinonitrile4e
A mixture of 4d (140 mg, 0.291 mmol) and zinc cyanide (137 mg, 1.166 mmol) in DMA (2 mL) at RT was degassed. Then Pd(PPh3)4 (67.4 mg, 0.058 mmol) was added (67.4 mg, 0.058 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 115 °C for 30 min. whereupon DCM (30 mL) was added and the organic layer extract was washed with water (2 x 30 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified using silica gel chromatography (DCM/MeOH: 100/0 to 98/2) to afford 4d as white solid (8 mg, 6 %). LCMS: P = 90 , rt = 4.2 min, (M+H)+: 427.
4d was purified by chiral preparative HPLC according to the abovementioned method to yield title compound n°33as white powder. LCMS: P = 100 %, retention time = 4.2 min, (M+H)+: 427; Chiral HPLC retention time: 18.8 min; ee = 98 %.
II. Chiral synthesis
II.1. General Synthetic Scheme for chiral synthesis
Compounds of the invention were synthesized using the chiral process of the invention described in Scheme 30.
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000138_0002
Scheme 30: General synthetic scheme for the preparation of compounds of the invention
Chiral ketopiperazine A was protected with a DMB group and converted to iminoether D by using the Meerwein reagent (Et30BF4). Condensation reaction between the acyl hydrazide E and iminoether D was conducted under heating conditions in ethanol to provide DMB protected piperazine F that was subsequently deprotected with HCl in dioxane to yield compound of Formula II.
In one embodiment, the DMB deprotection step (from F to II) was carried out using TFA in DCM. In one embodiment, the DMB group deprotection step (from F to II) is carried out using TFA in DCM at RT, followed by either TFA salt exchange with HCl or extraction at high pH recovering free piperazine II.
Acylation with the appropriate acid chloride afforded the final product of Formula I typically in > 90% enantiomeric excess (chiral HPLC). General Method H General Method A is the procedure used for the synthesis of (R)-4-(2,4- dimethoxybenzyl)-3-methylpiperazin-2-one (R)-C(cf. Scheme 30).
In a round-bottom flask, were sequentially introduced (R)-3-methylpiperazin-2-one (R)- A (725 mg, 6.35 mmol, leq.), 2,4-dimethoxybenzaldehydeB (1.16 g, 6.99 mmol, 1.1 eq.), acetic acid (545 μΐ, 9.53 mmol, 1.5 eq.) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.88 g, 8.89 mmol, 1.4 eq.) in commercial anhydrous acetonitrile (65 mL), at RT, under N2 atmosphere. The reaction was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched carefully at 0 °C with saturated NaHC03 solution (100 mL) until no more bubbling was observed. Aqueous and organic layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgS04' filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound as yellow oil. The crude compound was then purified on silica gel (DCM/MeOH: 98/2 to 95/5) to afford the desired product (R)-C as a viscous pale yellow oil. Yield: 1.65 g, 98 %. LCMS: P = 100 , retention time = 1.6 min, (M+H)+: 265; chiral HPLC retention time = 41.5 min, ee > 99 ; 1H-NMR (CDC13): δ 7.23 (d, J= 8.9, IH), 6.49 (d, J= 8.9, IH), 6.46 (s, IH), 6.29 (br, IH), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.78 (d, JAB= 15.0, IH), 3.49 (d, JAB= 15.0, IH), 3.27 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m, IH), 2.95 (m, IH), 2.48 (m, IH), 1.48 (d, J= 6.8, 3H).
The (lS')-4-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-3-methylpiperazin-2-one (S)-C was also prepared using General Method H starting from (S)-3-methylpiperazin-2-one (S)-A. Yield: 300 mg, 99 %. LCMS: P = 100 , retention time = 1.6 min, (M+H)+: 265; chiral HPLC retention time = 26.6 min, ee > 99 %.
General Method I: General Method I is the procedure used for the synthesis of (R)-l-(2,4- dimethoxybenzyl)-5-ethoxy-6-methyl- l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyrazine (R)-D (cf. Scheme 30) as detailed below. Oven dried (115°C) sodium carbonate (2.48 g, 23.40 mmol, 2.25 eq.) was placed in a round-bottom flask. The round-bottom flask was backfilled with Ar and then capped with a rubber septum. A solution of (R)-4-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-3-methylpiperazin-2- one (R)-C (2.75 g, 10.40 mmol, 1 eq.) in anhydrous DCM (35 mL) was added, followed by freshly prepared triethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (2.48 g, 13.05 mmol, 1.25 eq.) in one portion. Thereafter the reaction mixture was stirred further at RT for 1 hour, whereupon the reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous NaHC03 (100 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3 x 200 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 3.1 g of yellow oil. The crude compound was then purified on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH: 99/1) to afford the desired product (R)-D as a pale yellow oil. Yield: 1.44 g, 48 %. LCMS: P = 95 , retention time = 1.8 min, (M+H20+H)+: 311 ; chiral HPLC retention time = 12.3 min, ee > 97 %. 1H-NMR (CDC13): δ 7.23 (d, J= 8.8, 1H), 6.48 (d, J= 8.8, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 4.02 (m, 2H), 3.92 (s, 6H), 3.86 (d, JAB= 14.0, 1H), 3.46 (d, JAB= 14.0, 1H), 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.10 (m, 1H), 2.79 (m, 1H), 2.32 (m, 1H), 1.35 (d, J= 6.8, 3H), 1.24 (t, J= 6.0, 3H).
The (lS')- l-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-5-ethoxy-6-methyl-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyrazine(5)-D was also prepared using General Method I starting from (S)-C(46 mg, 0.16 mmol, 59 %). LCMS: P = 100 , retention time = 1.8 min, (M+H20+H)+: 311 ; chiral HPLC retention time = 11.3 min, ee = 96 %.
General Method J:
General Method J is the procedure used for the synthesis of hydrazide E.a (cf scheme 31) as detailed below.
Figure imgf000140_0001
E.1 a E.a Scheme 31 : Synthesis of 2-methylthiazole-4-carbohydrazide E.a
Synthesisof2-methylthiazole-4-carbohydrazide E.a
In a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a condenser, ethyl 2-methylthiazole-4- carboxylate E.la (10 g, 58.4 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous EtOH (25 mL) and treated at RT with hydrazine monohydrate (17.0 mL, 354.4 mmol, 6 eq.). The resulting yellow solution was heated at reflux temperature for 14 h. After allowing the reaction mixture to come to RT, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 13.4 g of a brown oil. Co-evaporations using 3 x 200 mL of a mixture of commercial anhydrous DCM:MeOH (1 : 1) were performed to remove residual water. The residue was then recrystallized from hot EtOH (60 mL): after total dissolution, the mixture was then allowed to cool down to RT and then put at 0 °C (with an ice bath) for 40 min. The obtained crystals were filtered and washed with cooled (0 °C) EtOH (2 x 30 mL). The orange solid was dried under vacuum for 1 h to afford E.a (5.85 g, 37.2 mmol, 64 ).LCMS: P = 100 , retention time = 0.5 min, (M+H)+: 158; 1H-NMR (CDC13): δ 8.32 (br, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 4.07 (br, 2H), 2.70 (s, 3H).
General Method K:
General Method K is the general procedure used for the synthesis of chiral triazolopiperazine intermediates F (cf. scheme 30) and is detailed below in scheme32 with the synthesis of (R)-4-(7-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-2-methylthiazole(/i)-F.a.
Figure imgf000142_0001
(R)-D (R)-F.a
Scheme 32: Synthesis of (R)-4-(7-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-
[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-2-methylthiazole(/i)-F.a
Ina50 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a condenser, imino-ether (R)-D (4.5 lg, 14.96mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous EtOH (15mL), to which was added 2- methylthiazole-4-carbohydrazideE.a (2.35g, 14.96mmol, 1 eq.) in one portion. The resulting solution was stirred at 70 °C for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled down to RT and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude compound was then purified by silica gel chromatography (DCM/MeOH: 99/1 to 95/5) to afford the desired product (R)-F.a as pale yellow foamy solid. Yield: 3.78 g, 65 %. LCMS: P = 96 , retention time = 1.8 min, (M+H)+: 386; chiral HPLC retention time = 13.9 min, ee = 95 ; 1H-NMR (CDC13): δ 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 6.41 (m, 2H), 4.38 (m, 1H), 4.16 (m, 1H), 3.96 (m, 1H), 3.86 (d, JAB= 15.0, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.56 (d, JAB= 15.0, 1H), 3.11 (m, 1H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.62 (m, 1H), 1.64 (d, J = 6.6, 3H); 13C- NMR (CDC13): δ 166.2, 160.2, 158.8, 154.6, 148.1, 143.1, 130.9, 118.8, 118.2, 104.2, 98.5, 77.6, 77.2, 76.8, 70.4, 70.2, 55.4, 55.4, 55.8, 50.2, 45.8, 44.2, 19.2, 17.7, 15.7.
In a round-bottom flask equipped with a condenser, imino-ether (R)-D(890 mg, 3.04 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous EtOH (3 mL), to which was added 2- methylthiazole-4-carbohydrazide E.a (479 mg, 3.04 mmol, 1 eq.). The resulting solution was stirred at 70 °C for 7 hours, then brought to RT and the volatiles removed under reduced pressure. The crude compound was then purified by silica gel chromatography (DCM/MeOH: 99/1 to 95/5) to afford the desired product F.a as pale yellow oil. Yield: 685 mg, 58 %. LCMS: P = 96 %, retention time = 1.8 min, (M+H)+: 386; chiral HPLC retention time: 14.3 min, ee = 95 ; 1H-NMR (CDC13): δ 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 6.41 (m, 2H), 4.38 (m, 1H), 4.16 (m, 1H), 3.96 (m, 1H), 3.86 (d, JAB= 15.0, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.56 (d, JAB= 15.0, 1H), 3.11 (m, 1H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.62 (m, 1H), 1.64 (d, J= 6.6, 3H).
The (lS,)-4-(7-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)-2-methylthiazole(S)-F.a was also prepared using General Method Kstarting from (S)-D(36 mg, 0.09 mmol, 54 %). LCMS: P = 90 , retention time = 1.8 min, (M+H)+: 386; chiral HPLC retention time = 21.0 min, ee = 94.0 %.
General Method L:
General Method E is the general procedure used for the synthesis of compounds of Formula II salts (cf. compounds II in scheme 30) and is detailed below in scheme 33 with the synthesis of compound n°II-l: (R)-8-methyl-3-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)-5,6,7,8- tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-7-ium chloride(R)-II-l.
Figure imgf000143_0001
(R)-F.a (R)-compound n°ll-1
HCI salt
Scheme 33: Synthesis of compound n° l hydrochloride: (R)-8-methyl-3-(2- methylthiazol-4-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-7-ium chloride(R)-
II I In a 50 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a condenser, were introduced (R)-F.a (262 mg, 0.68 mmol, 1 eq.) followed by a solution of HC1 4 M in dioxane (3.4 mL, 13.60 mmol, 20 eq.) in one portion. The resulting yellow solution was stirred at 100°C. After 6 hours, i-PrOH (6 mL) was added to the hot reaction mixture. The solution was then allowed to reach RT by removing the oil bath. Et20 (15 mL) was then added and the obtained precipitate was filtered off, washed with Et20 (3 mL) and air-dried overnight to afford (R)-II-l (235 mg, 0.86 mmol, 100 %) as a pink solid which was used in the next step without further purification.
The (lS,)-2-methyl-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3- yl)thiazole(S)-II-lwas prepared using TFA procedure, starting from (S)-F.a as followed:
(S)-F.a (36 mg, 0.09 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in dry DCM (500 μί). TFA (467 μί, 6.0 mmol, 65 eq.) was added dropwise at RT. After 30 minutes, the dark pink reaction mixture was quenched carefully with a saturated solution of NaHC03 (10 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 10 mL). Organic phases were combined, washed with brine (10 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the free amine (S)-II-l as white solid (43 mg, 0.183 mmol, 100 %) which was used in the next step without further purification.
Determination of enantiomeric excess:
As aforementioned, given that chiral LC determination of ee proved difficult for compounds of Formula II, specifically due to technical chiral LC issues in dealing with such amines, the ee was determined through the product formed at the subsequent step wherein the amine was acylated to furnish the final products exemplified through but not limited to compound n°l of Formula I. General Method M:
General Method M is the general procedure used for the synthesis of chiral triazolopiperazine compounds of the invention and is detailed below with the synthesis of (R)-(8-methyl-3-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)-5,6-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin- 7(8H)-yl)(4-(thiophen-2-yl)phenyl)methanone (R) -compound n°l of Formula I (hereunder noted 1-1).
Figure imgf000145_0001
(RJ-compound n°ll-1 4.1a ( ?j-compound n°l-1
HCI salt
Scheme 34: Synthesis of (R)-I-l
To a solution of crude (R)-II-l (235 mg, 0.67 mmol, 1 eq.) in anhydrous DCM (10 mL) were added at 0°C 4-(thiophen-2-yl)benzoyl chloride 4.1a(165 mg, 0.742 mmol, 1.3 eq.), followed by N-methylmorpholine (163 μί, 1.48 mmol, 2.2 eq.) dropwise over 15 sec. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 10 minutes and, the milky suspension was poured into 10 mL of 1 M HCI. The aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3 x 10 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with 1 M NaOH (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over MgS04 and evaporated to dryness. The crude compound was purified by silica gel chromatography (eluent: EtOAc/MeOH: 98/2) to afford the desired product (R)-I-l as a white foam. Yield: 158 mg, 55 %. LCMS: P = 97 , retention time = 4.0 min, (M+H)+: 422; Chiral HPLC retention time = 15.4 min, ee = 95 ; 1H-NMR (CDC13): δ 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J= 7.9, 2H), 7.40 (d, J= 7.9, 2H), 7.31 (m, 2H), 7.04 (m, 1H), 5.73 (m, 1H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 4.46 (m, 1H), 4.14 (m, 1H), 3.47 (m, 1H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 1.68 (d, J= 6.7, 3H). ^C-NMR (CDC13): δ 170.3, 166.5, 151.9, 148.0, 142.4, 136.4, 128.1, 125.8, 124.0, 119.3, 77.4, 77.0, 76.6, 44.8, 30.7, 19.6, 19.1.
Identical %ee was obtained for compounds (R)-I-l and (R)-F.a thus confirming that no detectable racemization occurs during the acidolytic deprotection and N-acylation steps. Compound (lS')-(8-methyl-3-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)-5,6-dihydro-[l,2,4] triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-7(8H)-yl)(4-(thiophen-2-yl)phenyl)methanone (S)-I-l was also prepared using General Method F starting from (S)-II-1(16 mg, 38.0 μηιοΐ, 40%). LCMS: P = 90 %, retention time = 4.0 min, (M+H)+: 386.1 ; chiral HPLC retention time = 11.0 min, ee = 92%.
X-ray Crystallographic Characterization of Compound (R)-I-l.
Compoundf/ij-I-lwas characterized by single crystal X-ray spectroscopy thus establishing the configuration of the more active enantiomer as being the (R)- configuration (see Figure 1). Method. All data were recorded on a MAR345 image plate (MARRESEARCH) using MoKcc radiation (λ=0.71073). X-rays were generated on a RIGAKU rotating anode generator with power settings of 50KV and 70mA. A Zr filter is used to eliminate the MoKcc radiation. A suitable crystal was chosen under a microscope, mounted in a nylon loop and aligned on the goniometer prior to the x-ray experiment. A total of 174 images corresponding to a 2.0° phi rotation were collected at room temperature. The reflections on the diffraction images were indexed and integrated using the Automar data processing suite (MARRESEARCH). During the integration the friedel pairs were kept unmerged in order to preserve the anomalous signal needed for absolute structure determination. Xprep (Bruker) was used to determine the spacegroup and to generate the reflection and instruction files for structure determination and subsequent refinement. Structure solution was performed by SHELXS and the refinement was done by SHELXL ("A short history of SHELX". Sheldrick, G.M. (2008). Acta Cryst. A64, 112- 122 ). The free rotation around the C6 - CI (CIA or C1B) results in rotational isomerism in a 58/42% ratio as seen in Figure 1 below. As depicted in the X-ray Figure below the chirality of C22 carbon atom is established as R. (H. D. Flack (1983). "On Enantiomorph-Polarity Estimation". Acta Cryst A39: 876-881 ; J. Appl. Cryst. (2008), 41, 96- 103.)
X-ray Crystallographic Characterization of Compound (S)-I-l.
CompoundfSj-I-lwas characterized by single crystal X-ray spectroscopy thus establishing the configuration of the more active enantiomer as being the (R)- configuration (see Figure 2). Method. All data were recorded on a MAR345 image plate (MARRESEARCH) using MoKcc radiation (λ=0.71073). X-rays were generated on a RIGAKU rotating anode generator with power settings of 50KV and 70mA. A Zr filter is used to eliminate the MoKcc radiation. A suitable crystal was chosen under a microscope, mounted in a nylon loop and aligned on the goniometer prior to the x-ray experiment. A total of 174 images corresponding to a 2.5° phi rotation were collected at room temperature. The reflections on the diffraction images were indexed and integrated using the Automar data processing suite (MARRESEARCH). During the integration the friedel pairs were kept unmerged in order to preserve the anomalous signal needed for absolute structure determination. Xprep (Bruker) was used to determine the spacegroup and to generate the reflection and instruction files for structure determination and subsequent refinement. Structure solution was performed by SHELXS and the refinement was done by SHELXL ("A short history of SHELX". Sheldrick, G.M. (2008). Acta Cryst. A64, 112- 122 ). The free rotation around the C6 - CI (CIA or C1B) results in rotational isomerism in a 58/42% ratio as seen in Figure 1 below. As depicted in the X-ray Figure below the chirality of C22 carbon atom is established as R. (H. D. Flack (1983). "On Enantiomorph-Polarity Estimation". Acta Cryst A39: 876-881 ; J. Appl. Cryst. (2008), 41, 96- 103.) It can be readily appreciated that related compounds of the invention may be synthesized from the ad hoc reagents using the general methods and procedures described herein.
III. X-ray Crystallographic Characterization III.l. Compound n°l
Compound n°lwas characterized by single crystal X-ray spectroscopy thus establishing the configuration of the more active enantiomer as the (R)- configuration (see Figure 1).
Methods. All data were recorded on a MAR345 image plate (MARRESEARCH) using MoKcc radiation (λ=0.71073). X-rays were generated on a RIGAKU rotating anode generator with power settings of 50KV and 70mA. A Zr filter is used to eliminate the MoKcc radiation. A suitable crystal was chosen under a microscope, mounted in a nylon loop and aligned on the goniometer prior to the x-ray experiment. A total of 174 images corresponding to a 2.0° phi rotation were collected at room temperature. The reflections on the diffraction images were indexed and integrated using the Automar data processing suite (MARRESEARCH). During the integration the friedel pairs were kept unmerged in order to preserve the anomalous signal needed for absolute structure determination. Xprep (Bruker) was used to determine the spacegroup and to generate the reflection and instruction files for structure determination and subsequent refinement. Structure solution was performed by SHELXS and the refinement was done by SHELXL ("A short history of SHELX". Sheldrick, G.M. (2008). Acta Cryst. A64, 112-122 ). The free rotation around the C6 - CI (CIA or C1B) results in rotational isomerism in a 58/42% ratio as seen in Figure 1 below. As depicted in the X-ray Figure lthe chirality of C22 carbon atom is established as R. (H. D. Flack (1983). "On Enantiomorph-Polarity Estimation". Acta Cryst A39: 876-881; J. Appl. Cryst. (2008), 41, 96-103.) ΙΠ.2. Compound n°19
Compound n°19 in the present invention was characterized by single crystal X-ray spectroscopy that established the configuration of the more active enantiomer as (R) (see Figure 2). Methods. All data were recorded on a MAR345 image plate (MARRESEARCH) using MoKcc radiation (λ=0.71073). X-rays were generated on a RIGAKU rotating anode generator with power settings of 50KV and 70mA. A Zr filter is used to eliminate the MoKcc radiation. A suitable crystal was chosen under a microscope, mounted in a nylon loop and aligned on the goniometer prior to the x-ray experiment. A total of 103 images corresponding to a 1.5° phi rotation were collected at room temperature. The reflections on the diffraction images were indexed and integrated using the Automar data processing suite (MARRESEARCH). During the integration the friedel pairs were kept unmerged in order to preserve the anomalous signal needed for absolute structure determination. Xprep (Bruker) was used to determine the spacegroup and to generate the reflection and instruction files for structure determination and subsequent refinement. Structure solution was performed by SHELXS and the refinement was done by SHELXL ("A short history of SHELX". Sheldrick, G.M. (2008). Acta Cryst. A64, 112-122 ). The free rotation around the C6 - CI (CIA or C1B) results in rotational isomerism in a 56/44% ratio as seen in Figure 2 below. As depicted in the X- ray Figure 2 the chirality of C22 carbon atom is established as R. (H. D. Flack (1983). "On Enantiomorph-Polarity Estimation". Acta Cryst A39: 876-881; J. Appl. Cryst. (2008), 41, 96-103.)
IV. Summary of methods and reagents used for the synthesis of the compounds of the invention
Compounds of the invention of general Formula I were synthesized from the ad hoc reagents and intermediates using the general methods and procedures described above. Table 4 hereunder recapitulates the intermediates and general methods used for each compound as well as LCMS analytical data. TABLE 4
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0001
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0001
In Table 4, the term "Cpd" means compound.
In Table 4 the configuration of each peak separated by chiral LC was established with compound n°l, compound n°19 directly, and applied to the other cases by analogy. The indirect configurational assignment aforesaid was always confirmed through biological activity determination that was conclusive given the acute stereochemical SAR.
BIOLOGY EXAMPLES
Functional Assay
Aequorin assay with human NK-3 receptor
Changes in intracellular calcium levels are a recognized indicator of G protein-coupled receptor activity. The efficacy of compounds of the invention to inhibit NKA-mediated NK-3 receptor activation was assessed by an in vitro Aequorin functional assay. Chinese Hamster Ovary recombinant cells expressing the human NK3 receptor and a construct that encodes the photoprotein apoaequorin were used for this assay. In the presence of the cofactor coelenterazine, apoaequorin emits a measurable luminescence that is proportional to the amount of intracellular (cytoplasmic) free calcium.
Antagonist testing
The antagonist activity of compounds of the invention is measured following preincubation (3 minutes) of the compound with the cells, followed by addition of the reference agonist (NKA) at a final concentration equivalent to the ECgo (3 nM) and recording of emitted light (FDSS 6000 Hamamatsu) over the subsequent 90-second period. The intensity of the emitted light is integrated using the reader software. Compound antagonist activity is measured based on the inhibition of the luminescence response to the addition of Neurokinin A.
Inhibition curves are obtained for compounds of the invention and the concentrations of compounds which inhibit 50% of reference agonist response (IC50) were determined (see results in table 5below). The IC50 values shown in table 5indicate that compounds of the invention are potent NK-3 antagonist compounds. TABLE 5
Compound n° ICso (nM)
1 16
2 28
3 83
4 50
5 3
6 10
7 3
8 7
9 18
10 20
11 34
12 58
13 2
14 47
15 9
16 30
17 7
18 10
19 8
20 11
21 33
22 21
23 33
24 2
25 3
26 12
27 51 28 37
29 18
30 11
31 18
Competitive binding assays
The affinity of compounds of the invention for the human NK-3 receptor was determined by measuring the ability of compounds of the invention to competitively and reversibly displace a well-characterized NK3 radioligand. H-SB222200 binding competition assay with human NK-3 receptor
The ability of compounds of the invention to inhibit the binding of the NK-3 receptor selective antagonist H-SB222200 was assessed by an in vitro radioligand binding assay. Membranes were prepared from Chinese hamster ovary recombinant cells stably expressing the human NK3 receptor. The membranes were incubated with 5nM H- SB222200(ARC) in a HEPES 25mM/ NaCl 0.1M/CaCl 2 lmM/MgCl2 5Mm/ BSA 0.5%/ Saponin 10μg/ml buffer at pH 7.4 and various concentrations of compounds of the invention. The amount of H-SB222200 bound to the receptor was determined after filtration by the quantification of membrane associated radioactivity using the TopCount-NXT reader (Packard). Competition curves were obtained for compounds of the invention and the concentration that displaced 50% of bound radioligand (IC50) were determined by linear regression analysis and then the apparent inhibition constant (K values were calculated by the following equation: K; = IC5o/(l+[L]/K<j) where [L] is the concentration of free radioligand and K<j is its dissociation constant at the receptor, derived from saturation binding experiments (Cheng and Prusoff, 1973) (see results in table 6below).
Table 6shows biological results obtained using the H-SB222200 binding competition assay with compounds of the invention. These results indicate that compounds of the invention display potent affinity for the human NK-3 receptor. TABLE 6
Compound n° Ki (nM)
1 16
2 26
3 83
4 56
5 5
6 11
7 4
8 7
9 19
10 36
11 44
12 70
13 3
14 42
15 11
16 32
17 7
18 20
19 6
20 12
21 38
22 21
23 29
25 3
27 51
28 68
29 23 30 10
31 22
Selectivity assay
Selectivity of the compounds of the invention was determined over the other human NK receptors, namely NK-1 and NK2 receptors. Human NKl
The affinity of compounds of the invention for the NKl receptor was evaluated in CHO recombinant cells which express the human NKl receptor. Membrane suspensions were prepared from these cells. The following radioligand: [ H] substance P (PerkinElmer Cat#NETl 11520) was used in this assay. Binding assays were performed in a 50 mM Tris / 5 mM MnC12 / 150 mM NaCl / 0.1% BSA at pH 7.4. Binding assays consisted of 25 μΐ of membrane suspension (approximately 5 μg of protein/well in a 96 well plate), 50 μΐ of compound or reference ligand (Substance P) at increasing concentrations (diluted in assay buffer) and 2nM [ H] substance P. The plate was incubated 60 min at 25 °C in a water bath and then filtered over GF/C filters (Perkin Elmer, 6005174, presoaked in 0.5% PEI for 2h at room temperature) with a Filtration unit (Perkin Elmer). The radioactivity retained on the filters was measured by using the TopCount- NXT reader (Packard). Competition curves were obtained for compounds of the invention and the concentrations of compounds which displaced 50% of bound radioligand (IC50) were determined and then apparent inhibition constant Ki values were calculated by the following equation: Ki = ICso/(l+[L]/KD) where [L] is the concentration of free radioligand and KD is its dissociation constant at the receptor, derived from saturation binding experiments (Cheng and Prusoff, 1973). Human NK2
The affinity of compounds of the invention for the NK2 receptor was evaluated in CHO recombinant cells which express the human NK2 receptor. Membrane suspensions were
125
prepared from these cells. The following radioligand [ I] -Neurokinin A (PerkinElmer Cat#NEX252) was used in this assay. Binding assays were performed in a 25 mM HEPES / 1 mM CaC12 / 5 mM MgC12/ 0.5% BSA / ΙΟμ πύ saponin, at pH 7.4. Binding assays consisted of 25 μΐ of membrane suspension (approximately 3.75 μg of protein/well in a 96 well plate), 50 μΐ of compound or reference ligand (Neurokinin A)
125
at increasing concentrations (diluted in assay buffer) and 0.1 nM [ I]-Neurokinin A. The plate was incubated 60 min at 25 °C in a water bath and then filtered over GF/C filters (Perkin Elmer, 6005174, presoaked in assay buffer without saponine for 2h at room temperature) with a Filtration unit (Perkin Elmer). The radioactivity retained on the filters was measured by using the TopCount-NXT reader (Packard). Competition curves were obtained for compounds of the invention and the concentrations of compounds which displaced 50% of bound radioligand (IC50) were determined and then apparent inhibition constant Ki values were calculated by the following equation: Ki = IC5o/(l+[L]/KD) where [L] is the concentration of free radioligand and KD is its dissociation constant at the receptor, derived from saturation binding experiments (Cheng and Prusoff, 1973). The compounds of the invention, which were tested in the above NK- 1 and NK-2 described assays, demonstrated a low affinity at the human NK-1 and human NK-2 receptors: more than200 fold shift of the Ki compared to the human NK-3 receptor (table 7). Thus, compounds according to the invention have been shown to be selective over NK1 and NK2 receptors. TABLE 7
Figure imgf000162_0001
hERG inhibiton Assay
The human Ether-a-go-go Related Gene (hERG) encodes the inward rectifying voltage gated potassium channel in the heart (Ικτ) which is involved in cardiac repolarisation. Ικτ current inhibition has been shown to elongate the cardiac action potential, a phenomenon associated with increased risk of arrhythmia. Ικτ current inhibition accounts for the vast majority of known cases of drug-induced QT-prolongation. A number of drugs have been withdrawn from late stage clinical trials due to these cardiotoxic effects, therefore it is important to identify inhibitors early in drug discovery.
The hERG inhibition study aims at quantifying the in vitro effects of compounds of the invention on the potassium- selective IKr current generated in normoxic conditions in stably transfected HEK 293 cells with the human ether-a-go-go-related gene (hERG).
Whole-cell currents (acquisition by manual patch-clamp) elicited during a voltage pulse were recorded in baseline conditions and following application of tested compounds (5 minutes of exposure). The concentrations of tested compounds (0.3μΜ; 3μΜ; ΙΟμΜ; 30μΜ) reflect a range believed to exceed the concentrations at expected efficacy doses in preclinical models.
The pulses protocol applied is described as follow: the holding potential (every 3 seconds) was stepped from -80 mV to a maximum value of +40 mV, starting with -40 mV, in eight increments of +10 mV, for a period of 1 second. The membrane potential was then returned to -55 mV, after each of these incremented steps, for 1 second and finally repolarized to -80 mV for 1 second.
The current density recorded were normalized against the baseline conditions and corrected for solvent effect and time-dependent current run-down using experimental design in test compound free conditions. Inhibition curves were obtained for compounds and the concentrations which decreased 50% of the current density determined in the baseline conditions (IC50) were determined. All compounds for which the IC50 value is above 10 μΜ are not considered to be potent inhibitors of the hERG channel whereas compounds with IC50 values below 1 μΜ are considered potent hERG channel inhibitors. When tested in the hERG inhibition assay, compounds of the invention were determined to have IC50 values as shown in Table 8. TABLE 8
Figure imgf000164_0001
In vivo assay to assess compound activity in rat
The effect of compounds of the invention to inhibit luteinizing hormone (LH) secretion and decrease circulating androgen levels are determined by the following biological studies.
Castrated male rat model to assess the effect of compound of invention on circulating levels of luteinizing hormone (LH).
In humans and rodents, castration is well-precedented to permit heightened, persistent GnRH signaling and consequent elevation of circulating LH. Thus, a castrated rat model is used to provide a broad index for measurement of LH inhibition as a marker of test compound inhibition of the GnRH signaling pathway.
Castrated adult male Sprague-Dawley (SD) rats (150-175 g,) were purchased from Janvier (St Berthevin, France). All animals were housed 3 per cage in a temperature- controlled room (22 + 2°C) and 50 + 5% relative humidity with a 12 hour light/12 hour dark photoperiod (lights off at 6h00 pm). The animals were allowed 2 weeks of postoperative recovery prior to study. Animals were handled on a daily basis. Standard diet and tap water were provided ad libitum. Animal cage litters were changed once a week. On the study day, animals were acclimated to the procedure room for a period of one hour prior to the initiation of the experiment.
Compounds of the invention were formulated as apyrogen water with 90g/L (2- Hydroxypropyl)- -CycloDextrin.
After basal sampling (TO) a single dose of compounds of the invention or vehicle was administrated intravenously to rats. Blood was then collected at 60 min post dosing. Blood samples were obtained via tail vein bleed, drawn into EDTA-containing tubes and centrifuged immediately. Plasma samples were collected and stored in a -80°C freezer until assayed. Serum LH levels were determined using radioimmunoassay kit from RIAZEN - Rat LH, Zentech (Liege, Belgium). Baseline was defined as the initial basal blood sample.
When tested in the castrated male rat model described above, the compound n°l significantly suppressed circulating LH levels (Figure 3). When tested in the castrated male rat model described above, the compound n°19significantly suppressed circulating LH levels (Figure 4).
Gonad-intact adult male to assess the effect of compounds of the invention on circulating levels of testosterone. Gonad-intact adult male Sprague-Dawley (SD) rats (225-385 g N=3/group were housed in a temperature-controlled room (22 + 2°C) and 50 + 5% relative humidity with a 12 hour light/ 12 hour dark photoperiod (lights off at 6h00 pm). Rat chow and tap water were made available to rats, ad libitum. After basal blood sampling, free-moving rats were intravenously injected at time = 0 min with either a single dose of compound or vehicle. Blood was then collected at times 1, 5, 15, 90, 150, 210 min into tubes containing EDTA as anticoagulant and centrifuged immediately. Plasma samples were collected and stored in a -80°C freezer until assayed. Plasma testosterone levels were determined using a radioimmunoassay kit (Immunotech).
Compound n°l was formulated in 9% 2-hydroxypropyl- -cyclodextrin/H20 (w/w). A single dose of 50 mg/kg of compound n°l was intravenously injected. When tested in gonad-intact male rats, compound n°l significantly suppressed plasma testosterone levels over the 210 minute test period (Figure 5).

Claims

1. A compound of Formula I:
Figure imgf000167_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein
Ar1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl, unsubstituted phenyl, or 4-fluorophenyl;
R1 is H or methyl;
Ar is of general Formula (i), (ii) or (iii):
Figure imgf000167_0002
(i) (ϋ) (iii) wherein
R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl or di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino; X1 is N or C-R6 wherein R6 is H, fluoro or C1-C2 alkyl;
X2 is O or S;
X3 is N, or X3 is CH under the condition that X1 is N and X2 is N-R7 wherein R7 is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl or cyclopropyl; R3 is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl or C3-C4 cycloalky;
X4 is N or C-R8 wherein R8 is H or C1-C2 alkyl;
X5 is O or S;
X6 is N, or X6 is CH under the condition that X4 is N and X5 is N-R9 wherein R9 is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl or cyclopropyl; R4 is halo, cyano, methyl, or hydroxyl;
R5 is H or halo; with the condition that when Ar 2 is of Formula (iii), then R 1 is methyl; and the compound of Formula I is not
(3-(2-isobutylthiazol-4-yl)-5,6-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyi-azin-7(8H)-yl)(4- ( thiophen-2- yl)phenyl)methanone;
[l, r-biphenyl]-4-yl(8-methyl-3-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)-5,6-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-7(8H)-yl)methanone;
(8-methyl-3-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)-5,6-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-7(8H)- yl)(4-(thiophen-2-yl)phenyl)methanone. 2. The compound of Claim 1 having Formula Γ :
Figure imgf000169_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein
Ar1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl, unsubstituted phenyl, or 4-fluorophenyl;
R1 is H or methyl; R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-C3 alkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl or di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino;
X1 is N or C- R6 wherein R6 is H, fluoro or C1-C2 alkyl;
X2 is O or S;
X3 is N, or X3 is CH under the condition that X1 is N and X2 is N- R7 wherein R7 is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl or cyclopropyl.
3. The compound of Claim 1 or Claim 2 having Formula Γ 1
Figure imgf000170_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein Ar 1 , R1 , R2 , X 1 and X 2 defined above in Claim 1.
4. The compound of Claim 3 selected from Formulae I'a and I'b
Figure imgf000170_0002
I'a I'b and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein
Ar 1 , R2", X 1A and X 2" are as defined in Claim 1.
5. The compound of Claim 3 selected from Formulae I'c, I'd
Figure imgf000171_0001
I'd
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein R2", X 1A and X 2" are as defined in Claim 1.
6. The compound of Claim 3 selected from Formulae I'e
Figure imgf000171_0002
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein Ar1, R1, R2 and R6 are as defined in Claim 1.
7. The compound of Claim 6 selected from Formulae I'e-1, 1'e-2, 1'f-1, 1'f-2
Figure imgf000172_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein R1, R2 and R6 are as defined in Claim 1.
8. The compound of Claim 7 having Formula I'e-3
Figure imgf000173_0001
I'e-3 and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein R is as defined in Claim 1.
9. The compound of Claim 7 having Formula I'f-3
Figure imgf000173_0002
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein R is as defined in Claim 1.
10. The compound of anyone of Claims 1 to 3 having Formulae I'g, I'h and I'i
Figure imgf000174_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein
Ar1, R1, R2 and R7 are as defined in Claim 1.
11. The compound of Claim 1 having Formula I"
Figure imgf000174_0002
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein
Ar1 is unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl, unsubstituted phenyl, or 4-fluorophenyl;
R1 is H or methyl;
R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl or C3-C4 cycloalky;
X4 is N or C- R8 wherein R8 is H or C1-C2 alkyl;
X5is O or S;
X6 is N, or X6 is CH under the condition that X4 is N and X5 is N-R9 wherein R9 linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl or cyclopropyl.
12. The compound of claim 11 selected from Formulae Γ 'a, Γ 'b
Figure imgf000175_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein
Ar1, R3, X4, X5 and X6 are as defined in claim 1.
13. The compound of claim 11 selected from Formulae Γ 'c, Γ 'd
Figure imgf000176_0001
I"c I"d
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein
R1, R3, X4, X5 and X6 are as defined in claim 1.
14. The compound of claim 11 selected from Formulae I"e, I"f, I"g, I"h and I"i
Figure imgf000177_0001
I"h I"i
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein
R1 , R3 R 8° and R 9" are as defined in claim 1.
15. The compound of claim 14 selected from Formulae I" e-1, I" f-1, I" g-1, I" h-1, I"i-1, 1"e-2, 1"f-2, 1"g-2, 1"h-2 and I"i-2 176
Figure imgf000178_0001
Figure imgf000178_0002
Figure imgf000179_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein R3, R 8°and R 9" are as defined in claim 1.
16. The compound of Claim 1 having Formula Γ '
Figure imgf000180_0001
Γ"
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein
Ar1 is unsubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl or 4-fluorophenyl; R4 is halo, cyano, methyl, or hydroxyl;
R5 is H or halo.
17. The compound of Claim 16 selected from Formulae I' "a and I' "b
Figure imgf000181_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, wherein R4 and R5 are as defined in Claim 1. The compound of Claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
1 (R)-(8-methyl-3-(2-methylthiazol-
4-yl)-5,6-dihydro-
[ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-
7(8H)-yl)(4-(thiophen-2- yl)phenyl)methanone
2 (R)- [ 1 , 1 '-biphenyl] -4-yl(8-methyl- 3-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)-5,6- dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-7(8H)-yl)methanone
O « N1
Figure imgf000182_0001
Figure imgf000183_0001
Figure imgf000184_0001
Figure imgf000185_0001
Figure imgf000187_0001
Figure imgf000188_0001
32 (R)- [ 1 , 1 '-biphenyl] -4-yl(3- (6- hydroxypyridin-2-yl)-8-methyl- 5,6-dihydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-7(8H)-yl)methanone
1
33 (R)-6-(8-methyl-7-(4-(thiophen-2- yl)benzoyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [ 1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3- yl)picolinonitrile
and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof.
19. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any of Claims 1 to 18 or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient and/or adjuvant.
20. Medicament comprising a compound according to any of Claims 1 to 18 or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof.
21. A compound according to any of Claims 1 to 18 or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof for treating and/or preventing depression, anxiety, pyschosis, schizophrenia, psychotic disorders, bipolar disorders, cognitive disorders,
Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), pain, convulsion, obesity, inflammatory diseases including irritable bowel syndrome and inflammatory bowel disorders, emesis, pre-eclampsia, airway related diseases including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, airway hyperresponsiveness, bronchoconstriction and cough, reproduction disorders, contraception and sex hormone-dependent diseases including but not limited to benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), prostatic hyperplasia, metastatic prostatic carninoma, testicular cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, androgen dependent acne, male pattern baldness, endometriosis, abnormal puberty, uterine fibrosis, uterine fibroid tumor, hormone-dependent cancers, hyperandrogenism, hirsutism, virilization, polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), premenstrual dysphoric disease (PMDD), HAIR-AN syndrome (hyperandrogenism, insulin resistance and acanthosis nigricans), ovarian hyperthecosis (HAIR-AN with hyperplasia of luteinized theca cells in ovarian stroma), other manifestations of high intraovarian androgen concentrations (e.g. follicular maturation arrest, atresia, anovulation, dysmenorrhea, dysfunctional uterine bleeding, infertility), androgen-producing tumor (virilizing ovarian or adrenal tumor), menorrhagia and adenomyosis.
22. A compound according to any of Claims 1 to 18 or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof for suppressing the LH-surge in assisted conception in a patient. 23. A compound according to any of Claims 1 to 18 or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof for causing male castration and inhibiting the sex drive in men.
Process of preparing 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine compound of Formula II
Figure imgf000190_0001
II or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein
R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl or C3-C4 cycloalkyl, each of said alkyl or cycloalkyl groups, groups being optionally substituted by one or more group(s) selected from halo or esters; and Ar is a 5- to 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl group, each of the aryl, or heteroaryl groups being optionally substituted by one or more group(s) selected from halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, carbamoyl, alkylcarbamoyl, carbamoylalkyl, carbamoylamino, alkylcarbamoylamino, alkylsulfonyl, haloalkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, sulfamoyl, alkylsulfamoyl, alkylsulfonylamino, haloalkylsulfonylamino, fused to the aryl or heteroaryl group may be one or more cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl moiety, each of said substituents being optionally substituted by one or more further substituent(s) selected from halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy; said process comprising the following steps: a) reacting a compound of Formula A
Figure imgf000191_0001
A wherein
j
R is as defined in respect of Formula II; with a reagent resulting in a N-sp protective group (PG) on the amine nitrog compound of Formula A, in the presence of a reducing agent to obtain a compound of Formula C
Figure imgf000192_0001
C b) converting the compound of Formula C with a tri(Cl-C2 alkyl) oxonium salt so as to obtain a compound of Formula D
Figure imgf000192_0002
D wherein R is as defined with respect to Formula II, PG is as defined with respect to
Formula C, and R1U is C1-C2 alkyl, in the presence of a base; c) reacting the compound of Formula D with a compound of Formula E
Figure imgf000192_0003
or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein
Ar is as defined with respect to Formula II; so as to obtain a compound of Formula F
Figure imgf000193_0001
wherein R is as defined with respect to Formula II, PG is as defined with respect to Formula C, and Ar is as defined with respect to Formula E; and d) deprotecting the compound of Formula F with a suitable deprotection reagent to afford the compound of Formula II or a salt or solvate thereof.
25. The process of claim 24, wherein steps a) to d) are as follows: a) reacting a compound of Formula A
Figure imgf000193_0002
A
Wherein R is as defined in claim 24; with a reagent resulting in an N-sp protective group on the amine nitrogen of compound of Formula A of Formula B 1 or Formula B2
Figure imgf000194_0001
B-l B-2 wherein,
R12, R12', R13, R13 and R14 are H, or R14 is methoxy and R12, R12', R13 and R13' are H, or R12 and R14 are methoxy and R12', R13 and R13' are H, or R12, R12' and R14 are methoxy and R 13 and R 13' are H, X is CI, Br, I, OMs, OTs, OTf, either through direct alkylation of the amine nitrogen when compound of Formula B2 is used, or in the presence of a reducing agent when a compound of Formula B 1 is used to ultimately obtain a compound of Formula C-1
Figure imgf000194_0002
C-1 wherein R1', R12, R12', R13, R13' and R14 are as defined above; b) converting the compound of Formula C-l with a tri(Cl-C2 alkyl)oxonium salt (Meerwein-type reagents), or (Cl-C2)alkylsulfate, or (Cl-C2)chloroformate, or use of PCi5/POCi3/(Cl-C2)hydroxyalkyl so as to obtain a compound of Formula D-1
Figure imgf000195_0001
D-1 wherein R1', R12, R12', R13, R13 and R14 are as defined above and R10 is C1-C2 alkyl, in the presence of a base; c) reacting the compound of Formula D-1 with a compound of Formula E
Figure imgf000195_0002
E or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein
Ar is defined as above with respect to Formula II; so as to obtain a compound of Formula F- 1
Figure imgf000196_0001
wherein R1', R12, R12', R13, R13 , R14 and Ar2' are as defined above; and d) deprotecting the compound of Formula F-1 with a deprotection reagent to afford a compound of Formula II or an salt or solvate thereof.
26. The process of clai ·m 25, wherei ·n R 12 and R 14 are methoxy and R 1^2' , R 1"3 and R 1"3' are H, or R12, R12' and R14 are methoxy and R13 and R13' are H.
27. The process of any one of claims 24 to 26, wherein the base in step b) is selected from the group consisting of sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate.
28. The process of any one of claims 24 to 27, wherein Ar 2' is a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl group selected from the group consisting of rings (i), (ii) and (iii)
Figure imgf000197_0001
(i) (ϋ) (iii) wherein
X1 is N or C-R6 wherein R6 is H, fluoro or methyl;
X2 is O or S;
X3 is N, or X3 is CH under the condition that X1 is N and X2 is N-R7 wherein R7 is linear or branched C1-C3 alkyl or cyclopropyl;
R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2- C3 alkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino, phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,4- difluorophenyl or N-morpholinyl;
X4 is N or C-R8 wherein R8 is H or C1-C2 alkyl,
X5 is O or S,
X6 is N or X6 is CH under the condition that X4 is N and X5 is N-R9wherein R9 is C1-C2 alkyl or C3 alkyl or C3 cycloalkyl, or X4 is N, X5 is N-R9 wherein R9 is methyl and X6 is CH;
R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, linear or branched C2-
C3 alkenyl, C3-C4 cycloalkyl, di(Cl-C2 alkyl)amino, phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,4- difluorophenyl or N-morpholinyl;
R is cyano, C1-C2 alkyl or hydroxyl.
29. The process of any one of claims 24 to 28, wherein R1 is C1-C2 alkyl optionally substituted by one ester group.
30. A compound of Formula D
Figure imgf000198_0001
D
or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein
R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl or C3-C4 cycloalkyl, each of said alkyl or cycloakyl groups, groups being optionally substituted by one or more group(s) selected from halo or esters;
PG is a N-sp3 protective group; and
R10 is Cl-C2 alkyl.
The compound of claim 30 having Formula D-1
Figure imgf000198_0002
or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein
R12, R12', R13, R13 and R14 are H, or R14 is methoxy and R12, R12', R13 and R13' are H, or R12 and R14 are methoxy and R12', R13 and R13' are H, or R12, R12' and R14 are methoxy and R 13 and R 13' are H; and 1' 10
R and R±u are as defined in claim 30.
32. The compound of claim 30 or 31, wherein R1 is C1-C2 alkyl optionally substituted by one ester group.
33. The compound of any one of claims 30 to 31 being (R)-l-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)- 5-ethoxy-6-methyl-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyrazine or (S)- l-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-5- ethoxy-6-methyl- 1 ,2,3,6-tetrahydropyrazine.
A compound of Formula III
Figure imgf000199_0001
III or salts or solvates thereof, wherein
R is linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl or C3-C4 cycloalkyl, each of said alkyl or cycloakyl groups, groups being optionally substituted by one or more group(s) selected from halo or esters;
Ar is a 5- to 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl group, each of the aryl, or heteroaryl groups being optionally substituted by one or more group(s) selected from halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, carbamoyl, alkylcarbamoyl, carbamoylalkyl, carbamoylamino, alkylcarbamoylamino, alkylsulfonyl, haloalkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, sulfamoyl, alkylsulfamoyl, alkylsulfonylamino, haloalkylsulfonylamino, or fused to the aryl or heteroaryl group may be one or more cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl moiety, each of said substituents being optionally substituted by one or more further substituent(s) selected from halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy; and
11 3
R is H or an N-sp protective group; with the proviso that the compound of Formula III is not
- (R)-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)-2- phenylthiazole hydrochloride,
(R)-8-methyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine dihydrochloride salt,
- (R)-2-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazole hydrochloride salt,
- (R)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin- 3-yl)thiazole hydrochloride salt,
(lS')-8-methyl-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[ l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine,
(lS,)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-
3-yl)thiazole,
- (lS,)-4-(4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazol-2- yl)morpholine.
The compound of claim 34 or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein
Figure imgf000200_0001
wherein R12, R12', R13, R13 and R14 are H, or R14 is methoxy and R12, R12', R13 and R13' are H, or R12 and R14 are methoxy and R12', R13 and R13' are H, or R12, R12' and R14 are methoxy and R 13 and R 13' are H; and
R and Ar" are as defined in claim 34. 36. The compound of claim 34 or 35, wherein R is C1-C2 alkyl optionally substituted by one ester group.
37. The compound of any one of claims 34 to 36 selected from the group consisting
Figure imgf000201_0001
Figure imgf000202_0001
(R)-2-cyclopropyl-4-(8-methyl- 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)oxazole
(S)-2-cyclopropyl-4-(8-methyl- 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)oxazole
(R)-2,5-dimethyl-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydro- [ 1 ,2,4] triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazole
(S)-2,5-dimethyl-4-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydro- [ 1 ,2,4] triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)thiazole
(R)-N,N-dimethyl-4-(8-methyl- 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-[l,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a] pyrazin-3 - yl)thiazol-2- amine
Figure imgf000204_0001
(S)-3-methyl-5-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydro- [ 1 ,2,4] triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazole
(R)-3-methyl-5-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydro- [ 1 ,2,4] triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)- 1 ,2,4-thiadiazole
(S)-3-methyl-5-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydro- [ 1 ,2,4] triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)- 1 ,2,4-thiadiazole
(R)-3-isopropyl-5-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydro- [ 1 ,2,4] triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)- 1 ,2,4-thiadiazole
(S)-3-isopropyl-5-(8-methyl-5, 6,7,8- tetrahydro- [ 1 ,2,4] triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)- 1 ,2,4-thiadiazole
(R)-4-methyl-2-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8- tetrahydro- [ 1 ,2,4] triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazin-3-yl)oxazole
Figure imgf000206_0001
Figure imgf000207_0001
Figure imgf000208_0001
Figure imgf000209_0001
Figure imgf000210_0001
Figure imgf000211_0001
Figure imgf000212_0001
Figure imgf000213_0001
Figure imgf000214_0001
69 (R)-6-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [ 1 ,2,4] triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3- yl)pyridin-2-ol compound with 1- ethyl-2,4-dimethoxybenzene (1 : 1)
Figure imgf000215_0001
70 (S)-6-(8-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [ 1 ,2,4] triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3- yl)pyridin-2-ol compound with 1- ethyl-2,4-dimethoxybenzene (1 : 1)
71 (R)-6-(7-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-8- methyl-5 , 6,7,8 -tetrahydro-
[ 1 ,2,4] triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3- yl)picolinonitrile
ο— "
72 (S)-6-(7-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-8- methyl-5 , 6,7,8 -tetrahydro-
[ 1 ,2,4] triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazin-3- yl)picolinonitrile
Figure imgf000216_0001
38. Use of a compound of any one of claims 30 to 37 or a salt or solvate thereof for the synthesis of a pharmaceutical active ingredient.
PCT/EP2012/069546 2011-10-03 2012-10-03 NOVEL CHIRAL N-ACYL-5,6,7,(8-SUBSTITUTED)-TETRAHYDRO-[1,2,4]TRIAZOLO[4,3-a]PYRAZINES AS SELECTIVE NK-3 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, METHODS FOR USE IN NK-3 RECEPTOR MEDIATED DISORDERS AND CHIRAL SYNTHESIS THEREOF WO2013050424A1 (en)

Priority Applications (23)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PL12766991T PL2763992T3 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-03 Novel chiral n-acyl-5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective nk-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, and methods for use in nk-3 receptor mediated disorders
KR1020147012169A KR102049534B1 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-03 NOVEL CHIRAL N-ACYL-5,6,7,(8-SUBSTITUTED)-TETRAHYDRO-[1,2,4]TRIAZOLO[4,3-a]PYRAZINES AS SELECTIVE NK-3 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, METHODS FOR USE IN NK-3 RECEPTOR MEDIATED DISORDERS AND CHIRAL SYNTHESIS THEREOF
ES12766991.9T ES2572604T3 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-03 Novel chiral N-acyl-5,6,7, (8-substituted) -tetrahydro- [1,2,4] -triazolo [4,3-a] pyrazines, as selective antagonists of the NK-3 receptor, pharmaceutical composition and methods for use in NK-3 receptor mediated disorders
KR1020197034283A KR102217206B1 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-03 NOVEL CHIRAL N-ACYL-5,6,7,(8-SUBSTITUTED)-TETRAHYDRO-[1,2,4]TRIAZOLO[4,3-a]PYRAZINES AS SELECTIVE NK-3 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, METHODS FOR USE IN NK-3 RECEPTOR MEDIATED DISORDERS AND CHIRAL SYNTHESIS THEREOF
SI201230520A SI2763992T1 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-03 Novel chiral n-acyl-5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-(1,2,4)triazolo(4,3-a)pyrazines as selective nk-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, and methods for use in nk-3 receptor mediated disorders
EA201490579A EA029340B1 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-03 CHIRAL N-ACYL-5,6,7-(8-SUBSTITUTED)TETRAHYDRO[1,2,4]TRIAZOLO[4,3-a]PYRAZINES AS SELECTIVE NK-3 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, METHODS FOR USE IN NK-3 RECEPTOR MEDIATED DISORDERS AND CHIRAL SYNTHESIS THEREOF
CA2849751A CA2849751C (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-03 Chiral n-acyl-5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective nk-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in nk-3 receptormediated disorders and chiral synthesis thereof
BR112014007652-9A BR112014007652B1 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-03 N-acyl-5,6,7, (8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a] innovative chiral pyrazines as selective nk-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in nk-3 receptor-mediated disorders and chiral synthesis thereof
US14/349,595 US9475814B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-03 Chiral N-acyl-5,6,7(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor mediated disorders and chiral synthesis thereof
EP12766991.9A EP2763992B9 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-03 Novel chiral n-acyl-5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective nk-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, and methods for use in nk-3 receptor mediated disorders
MX2014004057A MX367774B (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-03 NOVEL CHIRAL N-ACYL-5,6,7,(8-SUBSTITUTED)-TETRAHYDRO-[1,2,4]TRIAZ OLO[4,3-a]PYRAZINES AS SELECTIVE NK-3 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, METHODS FOR USE IN NK-3 RECEPTOR MEDIATED DISORDERS AND CHIRAL SYNTHESIS THEREOF.
AU2012320568A AU2012320568C1 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-03 Novel chiral N-acyl-5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor mediated disorders and chiral synthesis thereof
RS20160334A RS54833B1 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-03 Novel chiral n-acyl-5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective nk-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, and methods for use in nk-3 receptor mediated disorders
JP2014533873A JP6023814B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-03 Novel chiral N-acyl-5,6,7, (8-substituted) -tetrahydro- [1,2,4] triazolo [4,3-a] pyrazine, as a selective NK-3 receptor antagonist Pharmaceutical compositions, methods for use in NK-3 receptor mediated disorders and chiral synthesis
DK12766991.9T DK2763992T3 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-03 NOVEL CHIRAL N-acyl-5,6,7, (8-substituted) -tetrahydro [1,2,4] triazolo [4,3-a] pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION AND METHODS FOR THE use in the NK-3 receptor mediated diseases
CN201280048708.3A CN103906750B9 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-03 Novel chiral N-acyl-5, 6,7, (8-substituted) -tetrahydro- [1, 2,4] triazolo [4, 3-a ] pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical compositions, methods for use in NK-3 receptor mediated diseases and chiral synthesis thereof
HK14111354.1A HK1197676A1 (en) 2011-10-03 2014-11-10 Novel chiral n-acyl-5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3- a]pyrazines as selective nk-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, and methods for use in nk-3 receptor mediated disorders nk-3 n--567(8-)--[12 4][43-a] nk-3
HRP20160396TT HRP20160396T1 (en) 2011-10-03 2016-04-18 NOVEL CHIRAL N-ACYL-5,6,7,(8-SUBSTITUTED)-TETRAHYDRO-[1,2,4]TRIAZOLO[4,3-a]PYRAZINES AS SELECTIVE NK-3 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, METHODS FOR USE IN NK-3 RECEPTOR MEDIATED DISORDERS AND CHIRAL SYNTHESIS THEREOF
CY20161100426T CY1117773T1 (en) 2011-10-03 2016-05-17 NEW HANDLING N-ACYL-5,6,7,8-SUBSTITUTES) -TETRAHYDRO- [1,2,4] TRIAZOLO [4,3-A] PYRAZINS AS OPTIONAL COMPONENTS OF 3-LIGHT LIGHTS USE IN NK-3 RELATED INTERFERENCE DISORDERS
SM201600164T SMT201600164B (en) 2011-10-03 2016-06-09 NEW N-ACYL-5, 6, 7, (8-SODSTITUTED) -TETRAIDRO- [1, 2, 4] TRIAZOL [4, 3-A] CHIRAL PIRAZINES AS SELECTIVE ANTAGONISTS OF THE NK-3 RECEPTOR, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, AND METHODS FOR USE IN DISORDERS MEDIATED BY NK-3 RECEPTOR
US15/259,922 US10065961B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2016-09-08 Chiral N-acyl-5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor mediated disorders and chiral synthesis thereof
US16/047,740 US10683295B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2018-07-27 Chiral N-acyl-5,6,7(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-A]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor mediated disorders and chiral synthesis thereof
US16/880,337 US10941151B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2020-05-21 Chiral N-acyl-5,6,7(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor mediated disorders and chiral synthesis thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP11183692.0 2011-10-03
EP11183681.3 2011-10-03
EP11183678.9 2011-10-03
EP11183692 2011-10-03
EP11183679 2011-10-03
EP11183678 2011-10-03
EP11183679.7 2011-10-03
EP11183681 2011-10-03
US201161543611P 2011-10-05 2011-10-05
US61/543,611 2011-10-05

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/349,595 A-371-Of-International US9475814B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-03 Chiral N-acyl-5,6,7(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor mediated disorders and chiral synthesis thereof
US15/259,922 Division US10065961B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2016-09-08 Chiral N-acyl-5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor mediated disorders and chiral synthesis thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013050424A1 true WO2013050424A1 (en) 2013-04-11

Family

ID=48043185

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2012/069546 WO2013050424A1 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-03 NOVEL CHIRAL N-ACYL-5,6,7,(8-SUBSTITUTED)-TETRAHYDRO-[1,2,4]TRIAZOLO[4,3-a]PYRAZINES AS SELECTIVE NK-3 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, METHODS FOR USE IN NK-3 RECEPTOR MEDIATED DISORDERS AND CHIRAL SYNTHESIS THEREOF

Country Status (21)

Country Link
US (4) US9475814B2 (en)
EP (2) EP3029042A1 (en)
JP (2) JP6023814B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102049534B1 (en)
CN (2) CN103906750B9 (en)
AU (1) AU2012320568C1 (en)
BR (1) BR112014007652B1 (en)
CA (1) CA2849751C (en)
CY (1) CY1117773T1 (en)
DK (1) DK2763992T3 (en)
EA (2) EA030586B1 (en)
ES (1) ES2572604T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1197676A1 (en)
HR (1) HRP20160396T1 (en)
HU (1) HUE028858T2 (en)
MX (1) MX367774B (en)
PL (1) PL2763992T3 (en)
RS (1) RS54833B1 (en)
SI (1) SI2763992T1 (en)
SM (1) SMT201600164B (en)
WO (1) WO2013050424A1 (en)

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8871761B2 (en) 2010-04-02 2014-10-28 Euroscreen S.A. NK-3 receptor selective antagonist compounds, pharmaceutical composition and methods for use in NK-3 receptors mediated disorders
WO2016046398A1 (en) * 2014-09-25 2016-03-31 Euroscreen Sa Novel chiral synthesis of n-acyl-(3-substituted)-(8-substituted)-5,6-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines
US9422299B2 (en) 2013-03-29 2016-08-23 Euroscreen Sa Substituted [1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists
WO2016146712A1 (en) 2015-03-16 2016-09-22 Euroscreen Sa Nk-3 receptor antagonists for therapeutic or cosmetic treatment of excess body fat
US9475814B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2016-10-25 Euroscreen S.A. Chiral N-acyl-5,6,7(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor mediated disorders and chiral synthesis thereof
US9840508B2 (en) 2013-03-29 2017-12-12 Oged Sa N-acyl-(3-substituted)-(8-methyl)-5,6-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a] pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor-mediated disorders
US9969738B2 (en) 2013-03-29 2018-05-15 Ogeda Sa N-acyl-(3-substituted)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor-mediated disorders
US10052317B2 (en) 2013-09-05 2018-08-21 Imperial Innovations Limited Method for treating or preventing hot flushes
US10065960B2 (en) 2010-04-02 2018-09-04 Ogeda Sa NK-3 receptor selective antagonist compounds, pharmaceutical composition and methods for use in NK-3 receptors mediated disorders
US10183948B2 (en) 2013-03-29 2019-01-22 Ogeda Sa N-acyl-(3-substituted)-(8-substituted)-5,6-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists
WO2020128003A1 (en) 2018-12-21 2020-06-25 Ogeda Sa SYNTHESIS OF 3-METHYL-1,2,4-THIADIAZOLE-5-CARBOHYDRAZIDE OR OF THE METHYL-d3 DEUTERATED FORM THEREOF
RU2804686C2 (en) * 2018-12-21 2023-10-03 Огеда Са SYNTHESIS OF 3-METHYL-1,2,4-THIADIAZOLE-5-CARBOHYDRAZIDE OR ITS METHYL-d3 DUTERATED FORM

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2021014404A (en) * 2017-10-13 2021-02-12 アステラス製薬株式会社 Triazolopyrazine derivative salt and crystal
CN111499640A (en) * 2019-01-31 2020-08-07 上海医药工业研究院 Chiral resolution method of piperazinotriazole derivatives
WO2020211798A1 (en) * 2019-04-16 2020-10-22 上海翰森生物医药科技有限公司 Inhibitor containing bicyclic ring derivative, and preparation method and uses therefor
AU2020358948A1 (en) * 2019-09-30 2022-05-26 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Radiolabelled MGL PET ligands
CN113527307A (en) * 2020-04-20 2021-10-22 上海翰森生物医药科技有限公司 Triazole group-containing fused ring derivative inhibitor, and preparation method and application thereof
CN113549074A (en) * 2020-04-26 2021-10-26 上海翰森生物医药科技有限公司 Triazole group-containing fused ring derivative inhibitor, and preparation method and application thereof
US20230271969A1 (en) * 2020-07-30 2023-08-31 Shanghai Hansoh Biomedical Co., Ltd. Nitrogen-containing fused ring derivative inhibitor, preparation method therefor and use thereof
CA3214215A1 (en) * 2021-04-21 2022-10-27 Yunlong Song Imidazole-containing condensed ring derivative, preparation method therefor, and application thereof in medicine

Citations (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH06128261A (en) 1992-10-20 1994-05-10 Toray Ind Inc Production of tricyclic triazolo derivative
US5583092A (en) 1995-02-08 1996-12-10 American Cyanamid Company Herbicidal [1,2,4] thiadiazoles
WO2000043008A1 (en) 1999-01-25 2000-07-27 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Anti-androgens and methods for treating disease
US6414149B1 (en) 1999-04-01 2002-07-02 Pfizer Inc. Sorbitol dehydrogenase inhibitors
WO2003082817A2 (en) 2002-03-25 2003-10-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Beta-amino heterocyclic dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors for the treatment or prevention of diabetes
WO2005032464A2 (en) * 2003-09-30 2005-04-14 Merck & Co., Inc. Phenyl pyrrolidine ether tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO2005080397A2 (en) * 2004-02-18 2005-09-01 Astrazeneca Ab Fused hetrocyclic compounds and their use as metabotropic receptor antagonists for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
WO2006120478A2 (en) 2005-05-10 2006-11-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Quinoline derivatives as neurokinin receptor antagonists
WO2009070485A1 (en) 2007-11-29 2009-06-04 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh DERIVATIVES OF 6,7-DIHYDRO-5H-IMIDAZO[1,2-α]IMIDAZOLE-3- CARBOXYLIC ACID AMIDES
WO2009072643A1 (en) * 2007-12-03 2009-06-11 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound and use thereof
WO2009089462A1 (en) 2008-01-09 2009-07-16 Array Biopharma Inc. 5h-cyclopenta[d]pyrimidines as akt protein kinase inhibitors
WO2009095253A1 (en) * 2008-02-01 2009-08-06 Merz Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kgaa 6-halo-pyrazolo[1, 5-a]pyridines, a process for their preparation and their use as metabotropic glutamate receptor (mglur) modulators
WO2009095254A1 (en) * 2008-02-01 2009-08-06 Merz Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kgaa Pyrazolopyrimidines, a process for their preparation and their use as medicine
WO2010125102A1 (en) * 2009-04-29 2010-11-04 Glaxo Group Limited 5,6,7,8-TETRAHYDRO[1,2,4]TRIAZOLO[4,3-a]PYRAZINE DERIVATIVES AS P2X7 MODULATORS
US20110046096A1 (en) * 2007-10-19 2011-02-24 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Novel piperazino-dihydrothienopyrimidine derivatives
WO2011121137A1 (en) * 2010-04-02 2011-10-06 Euroscreen S.A. Novel nk-3 receptor selective antagonist compounds, pharmaceutical composition and methods for use in nk-3 receptors mediated disorders

Family Cites Families (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
UA56185C2 (en) * 1996-09-30 2003-05-15 Пфайзер Інк. Aralkyl- and aralkylidene heterocyclic lactams and imids, a pharmaceutical composition and a treatment method
ATE447955T1 (en) * 2001-08-24 2009-11-15 Univ Yale PIPERAZINONE COMPOUNDS AS ANTITUMORAL AND ANTI-CANCER AGENT
CA2494636A1 (en) 2002-08-07 2004-02-19 Novartis Ag Organic compounds as agents for the treatment of aldosterone mediated conditions
MY139563A (en) 2002-09-04 2009-10-30 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Heterocyclic aromatic compounds useful as growth hormone secretagogues
AR043443A1 (en) 2003-03-07 2005-07-27 Merck & Co Inc PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF TETRAHYDROTRIAZOLOPIRAZINS AND INTERMEDIATE PRODUCTS
US20040214832A1 (en) * 2003-04-10 2004-10-28 Cuiman Cai Piperazine derivative renin inhibitors
CN1934112A (en) * 2004-02-18 2007-03-21 阿斯利康(瑞典)有限公司 Fused hetrocyclic compounds and their use as metabotropic receptor antagonists
CA2636946A1 (en) * 2006-01-11 2007-07-19 Merck And Co., Inc. Fused triazole tachykinin receptor antagonists
TWI378091B (en) 2006-03-09 2012-12-01 Eisai R&D Man Co Ltd Multi-cyclic cinnamide derivatives
GB0610680D0 (en) 2006-05-31 2006-07-12 Istituto Di Ricerche D Biolog Therapeutic compounds
US7943617B2 (en) 2006-11-27 2011-05-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterobicyclic compounds useful as kinase inhibitors
ES2439255T3 (en) 2007-06-21 2014-01-22 Cara Therapeutics, Inc. Imidazoheterocycles substituted
WO2009090055A1 (en) 2008-01-17 2009-07-23 Grünenthal GmbH Substituted sulfonamide derivatives
GB0907515D0 (en) 2009-04-30 2009-06-10 Glaxo Group Ltd Compounds
JPWO2011007756A1 (en) 2009-07-13 2012-12-27 武田薬品工業株式会社 Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US10065960B2 (en) 2010-04-02 2018-09-04 Ogeda Sa NK-3 receptor selective antagonist compounds, pharmaceutical composition and methods for use in NK-3 receptors mediated disorders
KR102049534B1 (en) 2011-10-03 2019-11-27 오게다 에스.에이. NOVEL CHIRAL N-ACYL-5,6,7,(8-SUBSTITUTED)-TETRAHYDRO-[1,2,4]TRIAZOLO[4,3-a]PYRAZINES AS SELECTIVE NK-3 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, METHODS FOR USE IN NK-3 RECEPTOR MEDIATED DISORDERS AND CHIRAL SYNTHESIS THEREOF
EP2978766B1 (en) 2013-03-29 2018-12-19 Ogeda Sa N-acyl-(3-substituted)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective nk-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in nk-3 receptor-mediated disorders
CA2907809C (en) 2013-03-29 2021-05-04 Euroscreen Sa N-acyl-(3-substituted)-(8-substituted)-5,6-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective nk-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in nk-3 receptor-mediated disorders
EP2989103B1 (en) 2013-03-29 2019-02-20 Ogeda Sa N-acyl-(3-substituted)-(8-methyl)-5,6-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective nk-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in nk-3 receptor-mediated disorders
SG10201800162RA (en) 2014-09-25 2018-02-27 Ogeda Sa Novel chiral synthesis of n-acyl-(3-substituted)-(8-substituted)-5,6-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines

Patent Citations (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH06128261A (en) 1992-10-20 1994-05-10 Toray Ind Inc Production of tricyclic triazolo derivative
US5583092A (en) 1995-02-08 1996-12-10 American Cyanamid Company Herbicidal [1,2,4] thiadiazoles
WO2000043008A1 (en) 1999-01-25 2000-07-27 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Anti-androgens and methods for treating disease
US6414149B1 (en) 1999-04-01 2002-07-02 Pfizer Inc. Sorbitol dehydrogenase inhibitors
WO2003082817A2 (en) 2002-03-25 2003-10-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Beta-amino heterocyclic dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors for the treatment or prevention of diabetes
WO2005032464A2 (en) * 2003-09-30 2005-04-14 Merck & Co., Inc. Phenyl pyrrolidine ether tachykinin receptor antagonists
WO2005080397A2 (en) * 2004-02-18 2005-09-01 Astrazeneca Ab Fused hetrocyclic compounds and their use as metabotropic receptor antagonists for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
WO2006120478A2 (en) 2005-05-10 2006-11-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Quinoline derivatives as neurokinin receptor antagonists
US20110046096A1 (en) * 2007-10-19 2011-02-24 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Novel piperazino-dihydrothienopyrimidine derivatives
WO2009070485A1 (en) 2007-11-29 2009-06-04 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh DERIVATIVES OF 6,7-DIHYDRO-5H-IMIDAZO[1,2-α]IMIDAZOLE-3- CARBOXYLIC ACID AMIDES
WO2009072643A1 (en) * 2007-12-03 2009-06-11 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound and use thereof
WO2009089462A1 (en) 2008-01-09 2009-07-16 Array Biopharma Inc. 5h-cyclopenta[d]pyrimidines as akt protein kinase inhibitors
WO2009095253A1 (en) * 2008-02-01 2009-08-06 Merz Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kgaa 6-halo-pyrazolo[1, 5-a]pyridines, a process for their preparation and their use as metabotropic glutamate receptor (mglur) modulators
WO2009095254A1 (en) * 2008-02-01 2009-08-06 Merz Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kgaa Pyrazolopyrimidines, a process for their preparation and their use as medicine
WO2010125102A1 (en) * 2009-04-29 2010-11-04 Glaxo Group Limited 5,6,7,8-TETRAHYDRO[1,2,4]TRIAZOLO[4,3-a]PYRAZINE DERIVATIVES AS P2X7 MODULATORS
WO2011121137A1 (en) * 2010-04-02 2011-10-06 Euroscreen S.A. Novel nk-3 receptor selective antagonist compounds, pharmaceutical composition and methods for use in nk-3 receptors mediated disorders

Non-Patent Citations (30)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. 4th,", 1994, AMERICAN PSYCHIATRIC ASSOCIATION
"Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry", 1989, PEARSON PRENTICE HALL
ALBERT JEFFREY S: "Neurokinin antagonists and their potential role in treating depression and other stress disorders", EXPERT OPINION ON THERAPEUTIC PATENTS, INFORMA HEALTHCARE, GB, vol. 14, no. 10, 1 October 2004 (2004-10-01), pages 1421 - 1433, XP002545230, ISSN: 1354-3776, DOI: 10.1517/13543776.14.10.1421 *
BALSELLS, J. ET AL., ORG. LETT., vol. 7, 2005, pages 1039 - 1042
BURKE ET AL., J. COMP. NEUROL., vol. 498, no. 5, 2006, pages 712 - 726
CASTELLS, J. ET AL., TETRAHEDRON LETT., vol. 26, 1985, pages 5457 - 5458
CURR. OPION. INVEST. DRUG, vol. 6, 2005, pages 717 - 721
CURRENT OPINION IN INVESTIGATIONAL DRUGS, vol. 2, no. 7, 2001, pages 950 - 956
CURRENT PHARMACEUTICAL DESIGN, vol. 16, 2010, pages 344 - 357
DATABASE CAPLUS, [online] 1 January 1968 (1968-01-01), GRANIK V G ET AL: "PROPORTIES OF LACTIM ASTER OF 3-CARBOMETHOXYMETHYL-4-ACETYL-2-PIPERAZINONE AND THE SYNTHESIS OF 3-OXO-5-ACETYL-1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8-OCTAHYDROPYRAZINO", XP002663277, retrieved from CAPLUS Database accession no. 1968-459194 1968-459194 *
EXP. OPINION THER. PATENTS, vol. 10, no. 6, 2000, pages 939 - 960
GOODMAN ET AL., ENDOCRINOLOGY, vol. 145, 2004, pages 2959 - 2967
GORDON, A. J.; FORD, R. A.: "The Chemist's Companion - A Handbook of Practical Data, Techniques, and References", 1972, WILEY
H. D. FLACK: "On Enantiomorph-Polarity Estimation", ACTA CRYST, vol. A39, 1983, pages 876 - 881
HANSEN, K. B. ET AL., ORG. PROCESS RES. DEV., vol. 9, 2005, pages 634 - 639
J. APPL. CRYST., vol. 41, 2008, pages 96 - 103
KENDE, A. S. ET AL., ORG. LETT., vol. 5, 2003, pages 3205 - 3208
KOCIENSKI, P. J.: "Protecting Groups; 3rd Edition,", GEORG THIEME VERLAG, article "Chap. 8,", pages: 487 - 643
KOWALCHICK, J. E. ET AL., BIOORG. MED. CHEM. LETT, vol. 17, 2007, pages 5934 - 5939
KRAJEWSKI ET AL., J. COMP. NEUROL., vol. 489, no. 3, 2005, pages 372 - 386
MCCORT G A ET AL: "A rapid and efficient synthesis of imidazo [1,2-a] and 1,2,4-triazolo [4,3-a]-piperazine carboxylic acids", TETRAHEDRON LETTERS, ELSEVIER, AMSTERDAM, NL, vol. 33, no. 31, 28 July 1992 (1992-07-28), pages 4443 - 4446, XP028085698, ISSN: 0040-4039, [retrieved on 19920728], DOI: 10.1016/S0040-4039(00)60105-3 *
MCCORT, G. A.; PASCAL, J. C., TETRAHEDRON LETT., vol. 33, 1992, pages 4443 - 4446
MELTZER ET AL., AM. J. PSYCHIATRY, vol. 161, 2004, pages 975 - 984
NAVARRO ET AL., J. OF NEUROSCIENCE, vol. 23, 2009, pages 11859 - 11866
NELSON; POTTS, J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 27, 1962, pages 3243 - 3248
SÁNCHEZ, J. D. ET AL., J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 66, 2001, pages 5731 - 5735
SHELDRICK, G.M.: "A short history of SHELX", ACTA CRYST., vol. A64, 2008, pages 112 - 122
STREET LESLIE J. ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 47, no. 14, 2004, pages 3642 - 3657
WERMUTH, C. G.; STAHL, P. H.: "Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts", 2002, WILEY-VCH
WUTS, P. G. M.; GREENE, T. W.: "Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 4th Edition", WILEY-INTERSCIENCE, article "Chap. 7,", pages: 696 - 926

Cited By (34)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9926325B2 (en) 2010-04-02 2018-03-27 Ogeda Sa NK-3 receptor selective antagonist compounds, pharmaceutical composition and methods for use in NK-3 receptors mediated disorders
US10544150B2 (en) 2010-04-02 2020-01-28 Ogeda Sa NK-3 receptor selective antagonist compounds, pharmaceutical composition and methods for use in NK-3 receptors mediated disorders
US8871761B2 (en) 2010-04-02 2014-10-28 Euroscreen S.A. NK-3 receptor selective antagonist compounds, pharmaceutical composition and methods for use in NK-3 receptors mediated disorders
US10065960B2 (en) 2010-04-02 2018-09-04 Ogeda Sa NK-3 receptor selective antagonist compounds, pharmaceutical composition and methods for use in NK-3 receptors mediated disorders
US10941151B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2021-03-09 Ogeda Sa Chiral N-acyl-5,6,7(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor mediated disorders and chiral synthesis thereof
US10683295B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2020-06-16 Ogeda Sa Chiral N-acyl-5,6,7(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-A]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor mediated disorders and chiral synthesis thereof
US9475814B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2016-10-25 Euroscreen S.A. Chiral N-acyl-5,6,7(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor mediated disorders and chiral synthesis thereof
US10065961B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2018-09-04 Ogeda Sa. Chiral N-acyl-5,6,7,(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor mediated disorders and chiral synthesis thereof
US10183948B2 (en) 2013-03-29 2019-01-22 Ogeda Sa N-acyl-(3-substituted)-(8-substituted)-5,6-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists
US9969738B2 (en) 2013-03-29 2018-05-15 Ogeda Sa N-acyl-(3-substituted)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor-mediated disorders
US9969745B2 (en) 2013-03-29 2018-05-15 Ogeda Sa N-acyl-(3-substituted)-(8-methyl)-5,6-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor-mediated disorders
US9987274B2 (en) 2013-03-29 2018-06-05 Ogeda Sa N-acyl-(3-substituted)-(8-substituted)-5,6-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists
US10030025B2 (en) 2013-03-29 2018-07-24 Ogeda Sa Substituted [1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists
US9840508B2 (en) 2013-03-29 2017-12-12 Oged Sa N-acyl-(3-substituted)-(8-methyl)-5,6-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a] pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor-mediated disorders
US11731974B2 (en) 2013-03-29 2023-08-22 Ogeda Sa N-acyl-(3-substituted)-(8-substituted)-5,6-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists
US10836768B2 (en) 2013-03-29 2020-11-17 Ogeda Sa N-acyl-(3-substituted)-(8-substituted)-5,6-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists
US10214533B2 (en) 2013-03-29 2019-02-26 Ogeda Sa N-acyl-(3-substituted)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor-mediated disorders
US9422299B2 (en) 2013-03-29 2016-08-23 Euroscreen Sa Substituted [1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists
US10052317B2 (en) 2013-09-05 2018-08-21 Imperial Innovations Limited Method for treating or preventing hot flushes
AU2015323702B2 (en) * 2014-09-25 2020-03-12 Ogeda Sa Novel chiral synthesis of N-acyl-(3-substituted)-(8-substituted)-5,6-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines
CN107001289A (en) * 2014-09-25 2017-08-01 欧歌达有限公司 The new chiral synthesis of N acyl groups (3 substitutions) (8 substitutions) 5,6 dihydros [1,2,4] triazol [4,3 a] pyrazine
CN107001289B (en) * 2014-09-25 2019-12-31 欧歌达有限公司 Novel synthesis of N-acyl- (3-substituted) - (8-substituted) -5, 6-dihydro- [1,2,4] triazolo [4,3-a ] pyrazines
JP2017529370A (en) * 2014-09-25 2017-10-05 オゲダ エス.エー. Novel chiral synthesis of N-acyl- (3-substituted)-(8-substituted) -5,6-dihydro- [1,2,4] triazolo [4,3-a] pyrazine
EA032052B1 (en) * 2014-09-25 2019-03-29 Огеда Са CHIRAL SYNTHESIS OF N-ACYL-(3-SUBSTITUTED)-(8-SUBSTITUTED)-5,6-DIHYDRO-[1,2,4]TRIAZOLO[4,3-a]PYRAZINES
WO2016046398A1 (en) * 2014-09-25 2016-03-31 Euroscreen Sa Novel chiral synthesis of n-acyl-(3-substituted)-(8-substituted)-5,6-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines
US10787458B2 (en) 2014-09-25 2020-09-29 Ogeda Sa Chiral synthesis of N-acyl-(3-substituted)-(8-substituted)-5,6-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-A]pyrazines
WO2016146712A1 (en) 2015-03-16 2016-09-22 Euroscreen Sa Nk-3 receptor antagonists for therapeutic or cosmetic treatment of excess body fat
EA036709B1 (en) * 2015-03-16 2020-12-10 Огеда Са Use of neurokinin-3 receptor antagonists for therapeutic or cosmetic treatment of excess body fat
AU2016232191B2 (en) * 2015-03-16 2021-07-01 Ogeda Sa NK-3 receptor antagonists for therapeutic or cosmetic treatment of excess body fat
US11478472B2 (en) 2015-03-16 2022-10-25 Ogeda Sa NK-3 receptor antagonists for therapeutic treatment of leptin-related disease
US10624890B2 (en) 2015-03-16 2020-04-21 Ogeda Sa NK-3 receptor antagonists for therapeutic or cosmetic treatment of excess body fat
WO2020128003A1 (en) 2018-12-21 2020-06-25 Ogeda Sa SYNTHESIS OF 3-METHYL-1,2,4-THIADIAZOLE-5-CARBOHYDRAZIDE OR OF THE METHYL-d3 DEUTERATED FORM THEREOF
CN113767094A (en) * 2018-12-21 2021-12-07 奥格达股份有限公司 Synthesis of 3-methyl-1, 2, 4-thiadiazole-5-carbohydrazide and methyl-d 3 deuterated form thereof
RU2804686C2 (en) * 2018-12-21 2023-10-03 Огеда Са SYNTHESIS OF 3-METHYL-1,2,4-THIADIAZOLE-5-CARBOHYDRAZIDE OR ITS METHYL-d3 DUTERATED FORM

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
MX367774B (en) 2019-09-04
KR102049534B1 (en) 2019-11-27
US20170029429A1 (en) 2017-02-02
CN105175421B (en) 2018-07-13
HUE028858T2 (en) 2017-01-30
CY1117773T1 (en) 2017-05-17
EP2763992B9 (en) 2016-08-24
AU2012320568B2 (en) 2017-07-06
EA201591204A2 (en) 2016-01-29
US10065961B2 (en) 2018-09-04
US9475814B2 (en) 2016-10-25
JP6023814B2 (en) 2016-11-09
CA2849751C (en) 2019-06-11
DK2763992T3 (en) 2016-04-25
MX2014004057A (en) 2014-08-22
KR20140072906A (en) 2014-06-13
PL2763992T3 (en) 2016-08-31
CN103906750B (en) 2016-08-24
SMT201600164B (en) 2016-07-01
JP6294918B2 (en) 2018-03-14
JP2017019803A (en) 2017-01-26
JP2014531464A (en) 2014-11-27
SI2763992T1 (en) 2016-08-31
CN105175421A (en) 2015-12-23
ES2572604T3 (en) 2016-06-01
BR112014007652A8 (en) 2018-01-23
BR112014007652B1 (en) 2022-05-17
RS54833B1 (en) 2016-10-31
EA029340B1 (en) 2018-03-30
US20190023711A1 (en) 2019-01-24
US10941151B2 (en) 2021-03-09
EA030586B1 (en) 2018-08-31
HRP20160396T1 (en) 2016-07-15
US20200283447A1 (en) 2020-09-10
US20140275097A1 (en) 2014-09-18
EP3029042A1 (en) 2016-06-08
CN103906750B9 (en) 2016-10-12
CN103906750A (en) 2014-07-02
EA201490579A1 (en) 2014-07-30
AU2012320568A1 (en) 2014-04-10
CA2849751A1 (en) 2013-04-11
EP2763992A1 (en) 2014-08-13
US10683295B2 (en) 2020-06-16
HK1197676A1 (en) 2015-02-06
BR112014007652A2 (en) 2017-04-11
EA201591204A3 (en) 2016-02-29
EP2763992B1 (en) 2016-04-06
AU2012320568C1 (en) 2018-07-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10941151B2 (en) Chiral N-acyl-5,6,7(8-substituted)-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor mediated disorders and chiral synthesis thereof
JP7041198B2 (en) 5-Chloro-2-difluoromethoxyphenylpyrazolopyrimidine compound which is a JAK inhibitor
AU2014242906B2 (en) Novel N-acyl-(3-substituted)-(8-substituted)-5,6-dihydro- [1, 2,4]triazolo[ 4,3- a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor-mediated disorders
EP2276756B9 (en) Hydroxymethyl pyrrolidines as beta 3 adrenergic receptor agonists
AU2014242908A1 (en) Novel N-acyl-(3-substituted)-(8-methyl)-5,6-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazines as selective NK-3 receptor antagonists, pharmaceutical composition, methods for use in NK-3 receptor-mediated disorders
US20190263828A1 (en) Heteroaromatic compounds as vanin inhibitors
US20220370431A1 (en) C-myc mrna translation modulators and uses thereof in the treatment of cancer
KR102217206B1 (en) NOVEL CHIRAL N-ACYL-5,6,7,(8-SUBSTITUTED)-TETRAHYDRO-[1,2,4]TRIAZOLO[4,3-a]PYRAZINES AS SELECTIVE NK-3 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, METHODS FOR USE IN NK-3 RECEPTOR MEDIATED DISORDERS AND CHIRAL SYNTHESIS THEREOF

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12766991

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2849751

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2014533873

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14349595

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: MX/A/2014/004057

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201490579

Country of ref document: EA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2012320568

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20121003

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012766991

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20147012169

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112014007652

Country of ref document: BR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: P-2016/0334

Country of ref document: RS

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112014007652

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20140328